[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023065999A1 - 一种数据传输方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

一种数据传输方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023065999A1
WO2023065999A1 PCT/CN2022/122158 CN2022122158W WO2023065999A1 WO 2023065999 A1 WO2023065999 A1 WO 2023065999A1 CN 2022122158 W CN2022122158 W CN 2022122158W WO 2023065999 A1 WO2023065999 A1 WO 2023065999A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
data
adaptation layer
identifier
layer entity
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/122158
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
潘晓丹
彭文杰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023065999A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023065999A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/23—Manipulation of direct-mode connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04—Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communications, and in particular to a data transmission method and a related device.
  • the remote terminal device can communicate with the base station through the relay terminal device.
  • the data packet of the remote terminal device can be relayed and forwarded on the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) bearer of the relay terminal device, wherein an RLC bearer can include a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer entity and a logical channel of the media access control (media access control, MAC) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • an adaptation (adaptation, Adapt) layer can be added between the RLC layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, so as to realize bearer multiplexing and demultiplexing. That is, data on at least one radio bearer supporting different remote terminal devices may be multiplexed onto one RLC bearer or data on one RLC bearer may be split into different radio bearers.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • one RLC bearer corresponds to one PDCP entity or one radio bearer (radio bearer, RB), that is, multiplexing and demultiplexing of bearers are not supported. Therefore, when there is radio bearer (radio bearer, RB) multiplexing and demultiplexing, it may cause the problem that the downlink data of the remote terminal device cannot be correctly submitted. Therefore, in the scenario of RB multiplexing and demultiplexing, how to correctly submit downlink data has become a technical problem to be solved urgently at the current stage.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and a related device, which realize the correct submission of downlink data.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the method includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct transmission of the A radio bearer corresponding to a second terminal device of the first data, where the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to a second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, and the second RLC bearer is the connection between the first terminal device and the The RLC bearer used by the second terminal device for communication.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Line link.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The entity can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, including:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence ;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit data, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines a sidelink according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship;
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and A sidelink between the second terminal devices, the sidelink corresponds to at least one RLC bearer;
  • the second correspondence includes identification information of a unicast connection on the sidelink and the a correspondence between identifiers of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence ,include:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the at least one The second RLC bearer in the RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device needs to determine the sidelink according to the identity of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship, so that the data can be submitted to the corresponding sidelink; further, according to the wireless
  • the identifier of the bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first corresponding relationship submit the first data to the second RLC bearer in at least one RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit the data, improving The reliability of downlink data transmission is improved.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink between devices, where at least one RLC bearer is corresponding to the sidelink, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device uses the identifier of the radio bearer, the second terminal The device identifier and the first corresponding relationship submit the first data to the second RLC bearer, including:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the at least one The second RLC bearer in the RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identification information of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may submit data to the corresponding sidelink; further, according to the identity of the radio bearer, the identity of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, the second The data is submitted to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can submit the data correctly, and the reliability of downlink data transmission is improved.
  • the first indication information further includes an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identification information of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may also submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device Entities can submit data correctly, improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data and second indication information; the second indication information includes the radio bearer identifier , or, the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the at least one
  • the second RLC bearer in the RLC bearer includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the at least one The second RLC bearer in the RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the second RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can submit the data correctly, which improves the Reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink link between devices, where the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, including:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second RLC bearer
  • the third correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identification information of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may submit the data to the corresponding sidelink; further, according to the identity of the radio bearer, the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the second The three-correspondence relationship submits the first data to the second RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit the data, and improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates third data; the third data includes the first data and second indication information; the second indication information includes the radio bearer identifier ;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second RLC bearer includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second RLC bearer receives the third data from the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can submit the data correctly, which improves the Reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink according to the identification of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device, where the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence, a third correspondence, the first Configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and/or the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the third correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence is a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer
  • the second correspondence includes the A correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the upper link and the identification of the second terminal device
  • the third correspondence includes the identification of the radio bearer, the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and A correspondence between identities carried by the second RLC.
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the method includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct transmission of the A radio bearer corresponding to a second terminal device of the first data, where the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device delivers the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Line link.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The entity can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the first corresponding relationship;
  • the sidelink of the first data, the first correspondence is the correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink between devices, the method further comprising:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the first correspondence;
  • the sidelink is A sidelink for transmitting the first data, where the first correspondence is a correspondence between identification information of a unicast connection on the sidelink and an identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information, including:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence ;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second corresponding relationship, so that The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit data, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data;
  • the second data includes the first data and second indication information;
  • the second indication information includes the radio bearer identifier and an identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence ,include:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence .
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second corresponding relationship, so that the first RLC bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device can submit data correctly, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device; the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence; the first configuration information is used to indicate One or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and/or the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence is a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device
  • the second correspondence includes the identification of the radio bearer, the The corresponding relationship between the identity of the second terminal device and the identity of the first RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a second terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives second data from the radio link control RLC bearer of the second terminal device; the second data includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives the second data from the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device can send the first The data is correctly submitted to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second terminal according to the second indication information
  • the PDCP layer entity of the device including:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device according to the radio bearer identifier and the first correspondence;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first correspondence, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device
  • the distribution layer entity can correctly submit downlink data, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a second terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device generates second data; the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is obtained from the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the data received by the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the radio link control RLC bearer of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device generates the second data, and the second data includes the first data and the second indication information, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device can generate the second data according to the second
  • the indication information correctly delivers the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second terminal according to the second indication information
  • the RLC bearer of the device including:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device according to the radio bearer identifier and the first correspondence;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first correspondence, so that the adaptation of the second terminal device
  • the layer entity can correctly submit uplink data, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device, where the first configuration information includes the following item: a first correspondence and a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the first A correspondence or the second correspondence is configuration information of the adaptation layer of the second terminal device;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to an access network device, and the method includes:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device generates second data; the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is obtained from the adaptation layer entity of the access network device.
  • the data received by the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer entity of the access network device, the second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the radio link control RLC bearer of the access network device according to the second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device generates the second data, and the second data includes the first data and the second indication information, so that the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can The indication information correctly submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, and the adaptation layer entity of the access network device converts the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the data is submitted to the RLC bearer of the access network device, including:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the RLC bearer of the access network device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that The adaptation layer entity of the access network terminal device can correctly submit downlink data, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to an access network device, and the method includes
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device receives second data from the radio link control RLC bearer of the access network device; the second data includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer entity of the access network device according to the second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device receives the second data from the RLC bearer of the access network device, so that the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can transmit the first data according to the second indication information.
  • the data is correctly submitted to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the second indication information includes a radio bearer identifier and an identifier of the second terminal device
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the PDCP layer entities of the access network equipment include:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence ;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the PDCP layer entity of the access network device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence,
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can correctly submit uplink data, and the reliability of uplink data transmission is improved.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the method includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate A second terminal device that transmits the first data, where the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer, and the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to a second RLC bearer according to the second indication information;
  • the RLC bearer used for communication between the two terminal devices.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device can correctly deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the second indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the first indication information is an identifier of the second terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second terminal device according to the first indication information.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device from multiple adaptation layer entities according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the first corresponding relationship ;
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the first correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device corresponds to the sidelink, or, the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device corresponds to the second terminal device.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device from multiple adaptation layer entities according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the first corresponding relationship.
  • the matching layer entity so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can submit the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can
  • the adaptation layer entity correctly submits downlink data.
  • the second indication information includes an identifier of a radio bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to a second RLC bearer according to the second indication information, including :
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the radio bearer identifier and a second correspondence; the second correspondence includes the radio bearer A corresponding relationship between the identifier of the bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the second corresponding relationship, so that the first terminal device's first The second adaptation layer entity correctly submits downlink data, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the second indication information further includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device assigns the second terminal device to the A data is submitted to the second RLC bearer, including:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence .
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to correctly submit downlink data, thereby improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data and third indication information; the third indication information includes the radio bearer identifier, or , the third indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and an identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence ,include:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence .
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to correctly submit downlink data, thereby improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device; the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence;
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the sidelink corresponds to the second adaptation layer entity
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • a data transmission method is provided, the method is applied to a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the method includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the first indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer,
  • the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identifier of the second terminal device according to the second indication information and the second corresponding relationship;
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identifier of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the first adaptation layer entity, the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the sidelink is the a sidelink between a terminal device and said second terminal device;
  • the second correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not obtain the identity of the second terminal device, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the second indication information and The second correspondence relationship is to determine the identifier of the second terminal device, thereby realizing the conversion of the second indication information and the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identifier of the second terminal device according to the third indication information and the third corresponding relationship;
  • the third indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the second adaptation layer entity, the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the sidelink is the a sidelink between the terminal device and the second terminal device, where the sidelink corresponds to the first adaptation layer entity;
  • the third corresponding relationship includes one or more of the following:
  • the first terminal device when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the first terminal device The second adaptation layer entity determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the second indication information and the third corresponding relationship, thereby implementing conversion between the second indication information and the identity of the second terminal device.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit data, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data, the radio bearer identifier, and the second terminal device identifier, or, the The second data includes the first data and the identifier of the radio bearer;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, including :
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that the first RLC bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device can submit data correctly, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives second configuration information from the access network device;
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence, and a third correspondence;
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the third correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer;
  • the second correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the third corresponding relationship includes one or more of the following:
  • the first terminal device receives the second configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the second configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device, the communication device is a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer uses For transmitting data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used for transmitting data from the at least one terminal device, the first terminal device includes a transceiver module,
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the first The indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data, where the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to deliver the first data to a second RLC bearer according to the first instruction information through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, and the second RLC bearer is An RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Line link.
  • the transceiver module is configured to pass the The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, the processing module is configured to The second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device determines a sidelink according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the first correspondence; the sidelink is a connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • a sidelink between two terminal devices, the sidelink corresponds to at least one RLC bearer; the first correspondence includes identification information of a unicast connection on the sidelink and the second terminal Correspondence between device identifiers;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first corresponding relationship
  • the processing module is configured to, through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device and the first correspondence
  • the first data is delivered to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink between devices, where at least one RLC bearer is corresponding to the sidelink, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the radio bearer identifier
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence.
  • the first indication information further includes an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, configured to generate second data through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the second data includes the The first data and the second indication information;
  • the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer, or, the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the at least
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identity of the radio bearer, the second terminal device and the first corresponding relationship, submit the second data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink link between devices, when the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, the a transceiver module, configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to transmit the submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer;
  • the third correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, configured to generate third data through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the third data includes the The first data and the second indication information; the second indication information includes the identification of the radio bearer;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second RLC bearer includes:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the second RLC bearer receives the third data from the radio bearer identifier, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, and the processing module is further configured to use the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship, determining the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive first configuration information from the access network device, where the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: first correspondence, second correspondence, third correspondence relationship, the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and/or the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the third correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence is a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer
  • the second correspondence includes the A correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the upper link and the identification of the second terminal device
  • the third correspondence includes the identification of the radio bearer, the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and A correspondence between identities carried by the second RLC.
  • a communication device is provided, the communication device is a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer uses For transmitting data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used for transmitting data from the at least one terminal device, the first terminal device includes a transceiver module,
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the first The indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data, where the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device; or,
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Line link.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, the processing module is configured to The first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the first corresponding relationship; the sidelink is used to transmit the first For a sidelink of data, the first correspondence is a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the sidelink is a link between the first terminal device and the second terminal A sidelink between devices
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, and the processing module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the single link on the sidelink broadcast connection identification information and the first correspondence to determine the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the sidelink is the sidelink for transmitting the first data, and the first correspondence is the sidelink The corresponding relationship between the identification information of the unicast connection on the uplink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is configured to pass the The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate second data through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the second data includes the first data and second indication information;
  • the second indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and an identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second corresponding relationship
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to transmit the The second data is delivered to the first RLC bearer.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive first configuration information from an access network device; the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence; the first A configuration message is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and/or the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence is a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device
  • the second correspondence includes the identification of the radio bearer, the The corresponding relationship between the identity of the second terminal device and the identity of the first RLC bearer.
  • a communication device is provided, the communication device is a second terminal device, and the second terminal device includes a transceiver module,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive second data from the radio link control RLC bearer of the second terminal device through the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device; the second data includes second indication information, and The second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the second data to the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer entity of the second terminal device through the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second
  • the transceiving module is configured to submit the second data to the second data according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first corresponding relationship through the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device 2.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • a communication device is provided, the communication device is a second terminal device, and the second terminal device includes a transceiver module and a processing module,
  • the processing module is configured to generate second data through an adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device; the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is the second terminal.
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the second data to the radio link control RLC bearer of the second terminal device through the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second
  • the transceiver module is configured to, through the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device, deliver the second data to the second RLC bearer of the terminal equipment;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive first configuration information from an access network device, where the first configuration information includes the following items: a first correspondence, a second correspondence, and the first configuration information used to indicate that the first correspondence or the second correspondence is configuration information of an adaptation layer of the second terminal device;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device;
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • a communication device is provided, the communication device is an access network device, and the access network device includes a transceiver module and a processing module,
  • the processing module is configured to generate second data through an adaptation layer entity of the access network device;
  • the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is the The data received by the adaptation layer entity of the device from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer entity of the access network device, the second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data;
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the second data to the radio link control RLC bearer of the access network device according to the second indication information through the adaptation layer entity of the access network device, the The RLC bearer of the access network device is the RLC bearer used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, and the adaptation layer entity of the access network device transfers the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the adaptation layer entity of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device Submitting the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device corresponding to the first relationship;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the RLC bearer of the access network device.
  • a communication device where the communication device is an access network device, and the access network device includes a transceiver module,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive second data from the radio link control RLC bearer of the access network device through the adaptation layer entity of the access network device; the RLC bearer of the access network device is the The RLC bearer used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device, the second data includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the radio station corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data. carrying;
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the second data to the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer entity of the access network device through the adaptation layer entity of the access network device according to the second indication information.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the adaptation layer entity of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first Submitting the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device in the corresponding relationship;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the PDCP layer entity of the access network device.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication device, the communication device is a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the first terminal device includes a transceiver module,
  • the transceiving module is configured to deliver the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a second terminal device that transmits the first data
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer
  • the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to deliver the first data to a second RLC bearer according to the second indication information through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the second RLC bearer is the An RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module
  • the first indication information is an identifier of the second terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information
  • the processing module is configured to use the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the determining a second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device from among multiple adaptation layer entities based on the identifier of the second terminal device and the first correspondence;
  • the transceiving module is further configured to submit the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the first correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device corresponds to the sidelink, or, the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device corresponds to the second terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes an identifier of a radio bearer
  • the transceiver module configured to deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the second corresponding relationship through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the second indication information further includes the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device transfers the
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identity of the radio bearer and the identity of the second terminal equipment and submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the second corresponding relationship.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, configured to generate second data through a second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the second data includes the first Data and third indication information; the third indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer, or, the third indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second corresponding relationship
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to transfer the The second data is delivered to the second RLC bearer.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive first configuration information from an access network device; the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: first correspondence, second correspondence;
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the sidelink corresponds to the second adaptation layer entity
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a communication device, the communication device is a first terminal device, and the first terminal device uses a first radio link control RLC bearer when communicating with an access network device, and the first RLC bearer Used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from the at least one terminal device, the first terminal device includes a transceiver module, The transceiver module is configured to deliver the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the first The indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer, and the second terminal device is a terminal device in the at least one terminal device; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device assigns the first indication information to the A piece of data is delivered to the first RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, configured to use the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to determine the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the transceiving module is configured to submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device through the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device;
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the first adaptation layer entity, the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the sidelink is the a sidelink between a terminal device and said second terminal device;
  • the second correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the first terminal device further includes a processing module, configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to determine the identification of the second terminal device;
  • the third indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the second adaptation layer entity, the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the sidelink is the a sidelink between the terminal device and the second terminal device, where the sidelink corresponds to the first adaptation layer entity;
  • the third corresponding relationship includes one or more of the following:
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC according to the first indication information
  • the transceiver module is configured to use the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to transfer the first submitting data to the first RLC bearer;
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate second data through a second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device; the second data includes the first data, the radio bearer identifier, and The identifier of the second terminal device, or, the second data includes the first data and the identifier of the radio bearer;
  • the transceiver module configured to deliver the second data through the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence Bearer for the first RLC.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive second configuration information from an access network device;
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: first correspondence, second correspondence, third correspondence ;
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
  • the first correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the second correspondence is configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the third correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer;
  • the second correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the third corresponding relationship includes one or more of the following:
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory, and the processor invokes a computer program stored in the memory to implement the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect. Aspect, the method described in any one of the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a chip implementing the method in the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect or A device that contains a chip.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program is executed, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, and The method described in any one of the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, when it is executed on a computer, the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect Aspect or the method of any one of the eighth aspect is performed.
  • a communication system includes one or more of the following: the above-mentioned first terminal device, the above-mentioned second terminal device, and the above-mentioned access network device.
  • FIG. 1 is a control plane protocol stack involved in communication between a terminal device and a terminal device;
  • Figure 2 shows the data plane protocol architecture of U2N Relay
  • Fig. 3 is the infrastructure of the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 13A is a schematic diagram of transmitting downlink data from an access network device to a second terminal device through a first terminal device and transmitting uplink data from a second terminal device to an access network device through a first terminal device;
  • 13B is a schematic diagram of transmitting downlink data from the access network device to the second terminal device through the first terminal device and transmitting uplink data from the second terminal device to the access network device through the first terminal device;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be one or more .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish network elements from identical or similar items with basically the same functions . Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • references to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” and the like described in the embodiments of the present application mean that specific features, structures or characteristics described in connection with the embodiments are included in one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment,” “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • the terms “including”, “comprising”, “having” and variations thereof mean “including but not limited to”, unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • SL means: defined for direct communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment. That is, the link between the terminal equipment and the terminal equipment directly communicates without forwarding by the base station.
  • the interface between the terminal equipment and the terminal equipment is called a PC5 interface, and the PC5 interface is similar to the Uu interface between the terminal equipment and the access network equipment.
  • the control plane protocol stack involved in the communication between the terminal device and the terminal device can refer to FIG. 1.
  • the control plane there can be peer-to-peer radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer, physical (physical, PHY) layer, etc.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • media access control media access control
  • MAC physical (physical, PHY) layer
  • the communication types supported on the SL may include broadcast communication, multicast communication and unicast communication.
  • broadcast communication is supported on the SL.
  • NR new air interface
  • Broadcast communication is similar to access network equipment broadcasting system information, that is, terminal equipment does not encrypt and send broadcast service data to the outside world, any other terminal equipment within the effective receiving range, if interested in the broadcast service, can receive the broadcast service data .
  • Multicast communication refers to communication between all terminals in a communication group, and any terminal device in the group can send and receive data of the multicast service.
  • Unicast communication is similar to data communication after a radio resource control (RRC) connection is established between a terminal device and an access network device, and a unicast connection needs to be established between two terminal devices first.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • two terminal devices can communicate data based on the negotiated identity, and the data can be encrypted or unencrypted.
  • the unicast communication can only be performed between two terminal devices that have established a unicast connection.
  • the unicast communication corresponds to a pair of source layer-2 identifier (source Layer-2 identifier, source L2ID) and destination layer-2 identifier (Destination Layer-2 identifier, destination L2ID).
  • source Layer-2 identifier source Layer-2 identifier
  • destination layer-2 identifier Destination Layer-2 identifier, destination L2ID
  • the subheader of each SL MAC protocol data unit includes a source layer 2 identifier and a destination layer 2 identifier, so that the data is transmitted to the correct receiving end.
  • RB is the general term for a series of protocol entities and configurations allocated by access network devices to terminal devices. It is a service provided by layer 2 for transmitting user data between access network devices and terminal devices, including PDCP layer entities and other Series resource allocation, etc.
  • the RB can be divided into a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB) and a signaling radio bearer (signalling radio bearer, SRB), the former is used to carry data, and the latter is used to carry signaling messages.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • RB is called sidelink radio bearer (sidelink radio bearer, SLRB), and SLRB can be divided into sidelink data radio bearer (sidelink data radio bearer, SL DRB) and sidelink signal Make radio bearer (sidelink signaling radio bearer, SL SRB).
  • sidelink radio bearer sidelink radio bearer, SLRB
  • SLRB can be divided into sidelink data radio bearer (sidelink data radio bearer, SL DRB) and sidelink signal Make radio bearer (sidelink signaling radio bearer, SL SRB).
  • the RLC bearer refers to the protocol entity and configuration below the RLC layer, which is the lower part of the radio bearer, including a series of resources such as RLC layer entities and logical channels.
  • the RLC bearer can be divided into the RLC bearer used when the terminal device communicates with the access network device, and the RLC bearer used when the terminal device communicates with the terminal device.
  • the RLC bearer used when the terminal device communicates with the access network device may be called a Uu RLC bearer
  • the RLC bearer used when the terminal device communicates with the terminal device may be called a PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the Uu RLC bearer is the Uu link (Uu link) or the RLC bearer on the Uu interface
  • the PC5 RLC bearer is the RLC bearer on the SL or PC5 interface.
  • the Uu link is the link between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • Uu RLC bearer and PC5 RLC bearer are names, and the names are used as description examples in this application, and the names are not limited.
  • U2N Relay is a technology for a terminal device to communicate with an access network device through another terminal device.
  • U2N Relay can also be called a relay (Relay) technology.
  • the protocol architecture of U2N Relay can be seen in Figure 2.
  • the protocol stack of U2N Relay is divided into two types, one is L3 relay (L3relay), and the other is L2 relay (L2relay).
  • L3relay L3 relay
  • L2relay L2 relay
  • This application only introduces L2 relays.
  • the data packets of the remote terminal equipment (Remote UE) are relayed and forwarded below the RLC layer of the relay terminal equipment (Relay UE), that is, the relay terminal equipment only maintains the RLC bearer of the relay. Therefore, there is an end-to-end PDCP layer, service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and RRC layer between the remote terminal device and the access network device, but there is no end-to-end RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the U2N Relay protocol architecture adds an adaptation (Adapt) layer between the RLC layer and the PDCP layer.
  • the adaptation layer can be divided into an adaptation layer used when a terminal device communicates with an access network device, and an adaptation layer used when a terminal device communicates with a terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer used when the terminal device communicates with the access network device may be called the Uu adaptation layer
  • the adaptation layer used when the terminal device communicates with the terminal device may be called the PC5 adaptation layer. layer.
  • the adaptation layer in the protocol stack at both ends of the PC5 interface may be called a PC5 adaptation layer, that is, the adaptation layer in the protocol stack at both ends of the SL may be called a PC5 adaptation layer.
  • the adaptation layer in the protocol stack at both ends of the Uu interface may be referred to as the Uu adaptation layer.
  • the main function of the adaptation layer is bearer multiplexing and demultiplexing, that is, data on different radio bearers can be multiplexed onto one RLC bearer or data on one RLC bearer can be split into different radio bearers.
  • bearer For example, taking the downlink direction as an example, the adaptation layer of the access network device can multiplex the data on at least one radio bearer corresponding to each remote device in at least one remote terminal device to the same RLC bearer, that is, the Uu link
  • An RLC bearer of the at least one remote terminal device may include data on at least one radio bearer corresponding to each remote device in the at least one remote terminal device.
  • data on at least one radio bearer of the remote terminal device may be mapped to the same PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the adaptation layer of the remote terminal device can map data on multiple radio bearers of the remote terminal device to the same PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the adaptation layer of the relay terminal device can multiplex the data from at least one radio bearer corresponding to each remote device in the at least one remote terminal device to the RLC bearer of the same Uu link.
  • Service data unit service data unit, SDU
  • protocol data unit protocol data unit
  • the data unit exchanged between peer-to-peer protocol layer entities between different devices is a PDU.
  • a protocol layer passes the PDU of the protocol layer to the lower protocol layer through the service access point (service access point, SAP) (also called the service interface) provided by the adjacent lower layer protocol layer to the protocol layer, and the lower layer
  • SAP service access point
  • the protocol layer indirectly completes the exchange of the PDU of the protocol layer, and the PDU of the protocol layer is used as the SDU of the lower protocol layer.
  • the data may be regarded as the SDU of the protocol layer. If the data received by the protocol layer includes the protocol layer header of the protocol layer, the data can be regarded as the PDU of the protocol layer.
  • the adaptation layer if the data received by the adaptation layer does not include the adaptation layer header, the data packet can be considered as an SDU of the adaptation layer, if the data received by the adaptation layer includes the adaptation layer header , then the data packet can be regarded as a PDU of the adaptation layer.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) architecture, fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th generation mobile networks, 5G), wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) system wait.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication technology
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other communication systems in the future, such as 6G communication systems, etc.
  • the functions may remain the same, but the names may be changed.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • unmanned driving unmanned driving
  • automatic driving automated driving
  • ADAS driver assistance
  • FIG. 3 is a basic architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include a first terminal device 10, at least one second terminal device 20 (only one is shown in FIG. 3 ) performing SL communication with the first terminal device 10, and an The access network device 30 for communication.
  • FIG. 3 is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided by the present application.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 are entities on the user side for receiving signals, or sending signals, or receiving signals and sending signals.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 are used to provide users with one or more of voice services and data connectivity services.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may be devices including a wireless transceiver function and capable of cooperating with access network devices to provide communication services for users.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may refer to user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, Terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, user device or roadside unit (roadside unit, RSU).
  • UE user equipment
  • RSU roadside unit
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may also be drones, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) devices, stations (stations, STs) in WLAN, cellular phones (cellular phones), smart phones (smart phones) phone), cordless phone, wireless data card, tablet computer, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA) device , laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminal, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device (also It can be called wearable smart device), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in unmanned driving (self driving) Terminal, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home home) in the wireless terminal, etc.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may also be device-to-device (device to device, D2D) devices, for example, electricity meters, water meters, and the like.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may also be terminals in a 5G system, or terminals in a next-generation communication system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • first terminal device 10 can also perform SL communication with terminal devices other than the second terminal device 20, and the second terminal device 20 can also perform SL communication with terminal devices other than the first terminal device 10, There is no limitation here.
  • the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may be located within the coverage of the same access network device; or, the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20 may be located within the coverage of different access network devices or, the first terminal device 10 is located within the coverage area of the access network device 30, and the second terminal device 20 is located outside the coverage area of the access network device 30, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first terminal device 10 is a relay terminal device, and the second terminal device 20 is a remote terminal device.
  • the access network device 30 is an entity on the network side for sending a signal, or receiving a signal, or sending a signal and receiving a signal.
  • the access network device 30 may be a device deployed in a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) to provide a wireless communication function for the first terminal device 10 and the second terminal device 20, for example, it may be a transmission reception point (transmission reception point , TRP), base stations, and various forms of control nodes.
  • the access network equipment may be various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small cells), relay stations, access points (access point, AP), radio network controllers (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center), etc., can also be the antenna panel of the base station.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B node B
  • base station controller base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB
  • baseband unit baseBand unit, BBU
  • transmission point transmitting and receiving point
  • TRP transmission point
  • TP transmission point
  • the control node can be connected to multiple base stations, and configure resources for multiple terminals under the coverage of multiple base stations.
  • the names of the equipment with base station functions may be different.
  • it can be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a wireless controller in a 5G gNB, or the access network device 30 may be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and network-side device in a network after 5G or an access network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
  • the specific name of the access network device is not limited.
  • each device (such as the first terminal device 10, the second terminal device 20, the access network device 30, etc.) in FIG.
  • a functional module in the device which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the above function can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure applicable to a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 400 includes at least one processor 401 , a communication line 402 , a memory 403 and at least one communication interface 404 .
  • the processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the implementation of the application program program integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 402 may include a pathway for communicating information between the above-described components.
  • the communication interface 404 is any device such as a transceiver (such as an antenna) for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) and the like.
  • a transceiver such as an antenna
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Memory 403 may be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types that can store information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be programmed by a computer Any other medium accessed, but not limited to.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 402 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory provided by the embodiment of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 403 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 401 .
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4 .
  • the communications apparatus 400 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 401 and the processor 407 in FIG. 4 .
  • Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus 400 may further include an output device 405 and an input device 406 .
  • Output device 405 is in communication with processor 401 and may display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 405 may be a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), a light emitting diode (light emitting diode, LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) wait.
  • the input device 406 communicates with the processor 401 and can receive user input in various ways.
  • the input device 406 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device, among others.
  • the aforementioned communication device 400 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
  • the communication device 400 can be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in FIG. 4 equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 400 .
  • the first terminal device uses the first RLC bearer when communicating with the access network device, and the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device and/or the first RLC bearer.
  • An RLC bearer is used to transmit data from at least one terminal device. That is, the first RLC bearer is the Uu RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the access network device.
  • the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data corresponding to at least one terminal device from the access network device, which can be understood as one or more of the following: the data on the first RLC bearer comes from the Uu RLC bearer of the access network device Data corresponding to at least one terminal device.
  • the first RLC bearer is used to transmit data from at least one terminal device, which can be understood as: the data on the first RLC bearer comes from data on different PC5 RLC bearers of at least one terminal device.
  • the second terminal device is a terminal device in at least one terminal device. It should be noted that when the first RLC bearer is involved elsewhere in this application, no further explanation will be given.
  • the PC5 adaptation layer entity is an adaptation layer entity shared by at least one PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to the remote terminal device. , how to correctly submit downlink data.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the first data and the first indication information from the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data, which can be understood as: the first indication information is used to indicate the second terminal receiving the first data The radio bearer corresponding to the device.
  • the first indication information may be implemented in any of the following manners, which are not limited here.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device. It can be understood that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the radio bearer identifier and the identifier of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The layering entity can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a sidelink between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. It can be understood that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identity of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first terminal The second adaptation layer entity of the device can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the radio bearer in manner 1.1 and manner 1.2 may include DRB and/or SRB, which is not limited here.
  • the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink may include one or more of the following: destination layer 2 identification, source layer 2 identification, which is not limited here.
  • the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink may be replaced by: identification information of the broadcast connection on the sidelink, identification information of the multicast connection on the sidelink, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the first indication information also includes the identity of the second terminal device, that is, the identity of the radio bearer and the identity of the unicast connection on the sidelink of the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may also submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device entity.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a Uu adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a PC5 adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is an adaptation layer entity shared by PC5 RLC bearers corresponding to at least one terminal device. It can be understood that the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to one terminal device may be at least one PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, or the same adaptation layer entity entity, without limitation. It can be understood that if the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, this solution adopts steps 501 to 502 to implement; if the second The first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity, and step 502 is implemented in this solution.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B may further include: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives fourth data from the first RLC bearer. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the fourth data from the RLC layer entity, where the RLC layer entity is located in the first RLC bearer.
  • the fourth data includes the first data, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the fourth data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the fourth data from the first RLC bearer before step 501; when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity
  • the step 502 is executed before the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the fourth data from the first RLC bearer.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second terminal device of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity can be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here.
  • Manner 2.1 The first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the fourth data to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the fourth data is a PDU
  • the first data is an SDU. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not perform additional processing on the fourth data, so the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is prevented from changing the structure of the packet header.
  • the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are not included in the packet header of the first data, that is, the first data is an SDU. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the header of the fourth data, and additionally indicates the identity of the radio bearer and the identity of the second terminal device. It should be understood that the first terminal device may internally implement the The identifier is associated with the identifier of the second terminal device and the first data, so the overhead can be reduced, and the downlink data delivery efficiency can be improved.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates fifth data, the fifth data includes the first data and the identification of the radio bearer; the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device combines the fifth data and the second The identifier of the terminal device is submitted to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, and the identifier of the second terminal device is submitted to the second adaptation layer entity through an additional instruction. It should be understood that the first terminal device may associate the identifier of the second terminal device with the first data through internal implementation.
  • the fifth data is a PDU
  • the first data is an SDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer is included in a packet header of the fifth data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device reconstructs the fifth data, because the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the header of the fifth data, but the identifier of the second terminal device is not included in the header of the fifth data, so The overhead of the packet header is saved, and the efficiency of downlink data delivery is improved.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device may be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here.
  • the identification information of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink are not included in the packet header of the first data, that is, the first data is an SDU. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the header of the fourth data, and additionally indicates the identity of the radio bearer and the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink. It should be understood that the first terminal device may internally implement , associating the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink with the first data, so the overhead can be reduced, and the downlink data delivery efficiency can be improved.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates fifth data, and the fifth data includes the first data and the radio bearer identifier; the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device combines the fifth data and the side line
  • the identification information of the unicast connection on the link is submitted to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the fifth data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the header of the fifth data, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device reconstructs the fifth data, because the identifier of the radio bearer Included in the packet header of the fifth data, and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink is not included in the packet header of the fifth data, but is sent to the second adaptation layer through additional indication information, so saving the packet header Overhead, improving the efficiency of downlink data delivery.
  • the first terminal device may associate the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink with the first data through internal implementation.
  • the identity of the second terminal device may not be included in the header of the first data; for mode 3.2, if the first indication information If the identifier of the second terminal device is also included, then the identifier of the second terminal device may or may not be included in the packet header of the fifth data, which is not limited here.
  • the first terminal The first adaptation layer entity of the device may determine the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink according to the identification of the second terminal device. Specifically, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink according to the identification of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship, thereby realizing the identification and identification of the second terminal device. Conversion between identification information for unicast connections on the sidelink.
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, and the second RLC bearer is an RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device.
  • the second RLC bearer acquires the first data from the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. It can be understood that: the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer of the first terminal device used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the RLC bearer may be replaced by an RLC layer entity.
  • the first RLC bearer may be replaced by an RLC layer entity
  • the second RLC bearer may be replaced by an RLC layer entity, which is not limited here.
  • step 502 may include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to submit data correctly, improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer, which may be implemented in manner 4.1.
  • the first indication information includes the identification information of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device combines the identification of the radio bearer with the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink
  • the sidelink corresponds to at least one RLC bearer
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second adaptation layer entity
  • the second RLC bearer can be implemented in mode 4.2 or 4.3.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of the radio bearer, the identity of the second terminal device, and the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device uses the identity of the radio bearer, the identity of the second
  • the sidelink corresponds to at least one RLC bearer
  • the first terminal device Submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer by the second adaptation layer entity may be implemented in manner 4.3.
  • the embodiment shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5B further includes: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the sidelink according to the identifier of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship; the sidelink is The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device corresponds to at least one RLC bearer on the side link; the second correspondence includes the identification information of the unicast connection on the side link and the identification information of the second terminal device Correspondence between identifiers; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, including: the first The second adaptation layer entity of the terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence.
  • the first terminal device's The second adaptation layer entity needs to determine the sidelink according to the identity of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship, so that the data can be delivered to the corresponding sidelink; further, it can be based on the identity of the radio bearer, the second The identifier of the second terminal device and the first corresponding relationship submit the first data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can submit the data correctly, improving the efficiency of downlink data transmission. reliability.
  • Method 4.2 The second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the radio bearer identifier, the second terminal device identifier, and the first correspondence, including: the first terminal device's first
  • the second adaptation layer entity submits the first data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may submit the data to the corresponding sidelink; further, submit the first data to the at least The second RLC bearer in one RLC bearer enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to submit data correctly, improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the above-mentioned identifier of the second terminal device may be implemented internally of the first terminal device, and determined according to the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device also submits the identifier of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, including: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device transmits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the radio bearer identifier, side The identification information of the unicast connection on the uplink and the third corresponding relationship deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may submit the data to the corresponding sidelink; further, according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship, the second The data is submitted to the second RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit the data, and the reliability of downlink data transmission is improved.
  • the third correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device in mode 4.3 submits the first data to the second RLC according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third correspondence
  • the bearer can be understood as: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to at least one RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship The second RLC bearer.
  • At least one RLC bearer is the PC5 RLC bearer of the first terminal device used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B may further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data and the second Indication information; the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer, or the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device The identity of the second terminal device and the first corresponding relationship.
  • Submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer includes: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identity of the radio bearer, the second terminal device Submit the second data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit the data, and improve the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the second data is a PDU
  • the second indication information is included in a packet header of the second data. It can be understood that, for mode 2.1, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the packet header of the second data; in the Baotou.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B may further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates third data; the third data includes the first data and second indication information; The second indication information includes the identification of the radio bearer; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first terminal device according to the identification of the radio bearer, the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • Two RLC bearers including: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second RLC bearer according to the identification of the radio bearer, the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the third corresponding relationship, This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to submit data correctly, improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the third data is a PDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the packet header of the third data.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship, which can be understood as:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second RLC bearer in the at least one RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, and the third corresponding relationship.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B may further include: the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the first configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence, and a third correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the first The configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the terminal device; the second correspondence is the configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and/or the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the third correspondence is the configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device Configuration information of the second adaptation layer of a terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the first terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the first terminal device, or the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device It is sent to the first terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the first configuration information.
  • the first correspondence is the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the second correspondence is The configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device, that is, the first configuration information includes the first correspondence and the second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the first Configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the terminal device; the second correspondence is configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the first corresponding relationship is the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the second corresponding relationship is the first The configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the terminal device and/or the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device, that is, the first configuration information includes the first correspondence and the second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate the following one or Multiple items: the first correspondence is the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the second correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the second correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the third correspondence is the first Configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be contained in the same information element or different information elements, which are not limited here.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in the same information element
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the first information element.
  • the first cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may be an Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first cell when implementing the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B by using any of modes 2.1-2.3 and mode 4.1, the first cell may include the first sub-cell.
  • the first cell when implementing the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B in any of modes 3.1-mode 3.2 and mode 4.2, the first cell may include the first sub-cell, and optionally, the first cell may also include the second sub-cell.
  • the first sub-information element may include one or more of the following: an identifier of a radio bearer, an identifier of a second terminal device, and an identifier of a second RLC bearer, and the first sub-information element is used to indicate the first correspondence.
  • the first sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may be a MappingInfo information element in a Bearer-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may include one or more of the following: identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, an identification of the terminal device, and the second sub-information element is used to indicate the second corresponding relationship.
  • the second sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may be a dst-mappingInfo information element in the DST-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may also include the first RLC
  • the first sub-information element is also used to indicate the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the first cell when the first cell includes a first sub-cell and a second sub-cell, the first cell may be:
  • the Bearer-MappingInfoList information element may include the first corresponding relationship, and the access network device may configure the maxNrofRemoteUEs group corresponding relationship at most, and maxNrofbearers is the maximum number of bearers corresponding to the terminal equipment that the first terminal equipment can relay.
  • the DST-MappingInfoList information element may include the second corresponding relationship, and the access network device may configure a maxNrofRemoteUEs group corresponding relationship at most, where maxNrofRemoteUEs is the number of terminal devices that can be connected to the first terminal device.
  • DRB-ID is the identifier of the radio bearer
  • Remote-UE-ID is the identifier of the second terminal device
  • PC5-RLC-bearer-id is the identifier of the second RLC bearer
  • Uu-RLC-bearer-id is the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • DestinationIndex is the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink.
  • the first cell may include a second sub-cell and a third sub-cell.
  • the third sub-information element may include one or more of the following: the identification of the radio bearer, the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, the identification of the second RLC bearer, and the third sub-information element is used to indicate the third corresponding relationship.
  • the third sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the third sub-information element may be a MappingInfo information element in a Bearer-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are included in different information elements, the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device The information is included in the second information element, and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal equipment is included in the third information element.
  • the second information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may be a Uu-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a PC5-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the third cell includes the first sub-cell and the second sub-cell.
  • the second cell may include the second sub-cell
  • the third cell may include the first sub-cell cell.
  • the third information element may further include a second sub-information element.
  • the second cell may include a second sub-cell
  • the third cell may include a third sub-cell cell
  • the second information element may be:
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the first data and the first indication information from the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device transmitting the first data, which can be understood as: the first indication information is used to indicate the second terminal device sending the first data The radio bearer corresponding to the device.
  • the first indication information may be implemented in any of the following manners, which are not limited here.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device. It can be understood that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the radio bearer identifier and the identifier of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The layering entity can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a radio bearer and identifier information of a unicast connection on a sidelink, where the sidelink is a sidelink between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. It can be understood that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identity of the radio bearer and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first terminal The second adaptation layer entity of the device can correctly submit the first data to the correct RLC bearer.
  • the radio bearer in manner 1.1 and manner 1.2 may include DRB and/or SRB, which is not limited here.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a PC5 adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a Uu adaptation layer entity
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is an adaptation layer entity shared by PC5 RLC bearers corresponding to at least one terminal device. It can be understood that the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to one terminal device may be at least one PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, or the same adaptation layer entity entity, without limitation. It can be understood that if the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, this solution adopts steps 601 to 602 to implement; if the second The first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity, and step 602 is implemented in this solution.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B may further include: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives third data from the second RLC bearer; the third data includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the first data , that is, the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the packet header of the third data; or, the third data includes the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device and the first data, that is, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device include In the packet header of the third data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity RLC layer entity of the first terminal device receives the third data, and the RLC layer entity is located in the second RLC bearer.
  • the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device, that is, the second RLC bearer is the PC5 RLC bearer of the first terminal device used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. It can be understood that when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The layer entity receives the third data from the second RLC bearer before step 601; in the case that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity
  • the step 602 is performed before the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the third data from the second RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second terminal device of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity can be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates fourth data
  • the fourth data includes the first data, the radio bearer identifier and the first data.
  • the identification of the second terminal device; the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the fourth data to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the fourth data is a PDU
  • the first data is an SDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the fourth data, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device reconstructs the third data.
  • the radio bearer identifier and the second terminal device identifier are not included in the packet header of the first data, and the first data is an SDU. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the packet header of the third data, and additionally indicates the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, so overhead can be reduced and uplink data delivery efficiency can be improved.
  • Method 2.3 In the case where the third data includes the radio bearer identifier and the first data, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data and the identifier of the second terminal device to the first Two adaptation layer entities.
  • the third data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not process the third data, so it is avoided that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device changes the packet header Structure.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the first terminal device's first data.
  • Two adaptation layer entities wherein, the third data is PDU, and the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not process the third data, so it is avoided that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device changes the packet header Structure.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device may be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here.
  • the third data includes the radio bearer identification and the first data
  • the radio bearer identification and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink are not included in the header of the first data
  • the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the header of the third data, and additionally indicates the identity of the radio bearer and the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, so the overhead can be reduced and the uplink data can be improved. delivery efficiency.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data and the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink to the second A second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device.
  • the fourth data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not process the third data, and additionally indicates the identity of the radio bearer and the unicast connection on the sidelink Therefore, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is prevented from changing the structure of the packet header.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device needs to determine the identity of the second terminal device. Specifically, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the first corresponding relationship, thereby realizing the unicast connection on the sidelink Conversion of the connection identification information and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the sidelink is a sidelink for transmitting the first data. Wherein, the sidelink is a sidelink for transmitting the first data.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and an identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information.
  • the first RLC bearer acquires the first data from the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • step 602 may include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to submit data correctly, improving the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the side line
  • the identification information of the unicast connection on the link and the first corresponding relationship determine the identification of the second terminal device, thereby realizing conversion between the identification information of the unicast connection on the side link and the identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may , the identifier of the second terminal device and the second corresponding relationship are performed before the first data is delivered to the first RLC bearer.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B may further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data and second indication information; the second indication information Including the identification of the radio bearer and the identification of the second terminal device; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC according to the identification of the radio bearer, the identification of the second terminal device and the second correspondence
  • the bearer includes: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence, so that the first RLC bearer of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can submit data correctly, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the second data is a PDU
  • the second indication information is included in a packet header of the second data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B may further include: the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the first configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: first correspondence, second correspondence; the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the first The configuration information of the adaptation layer and/or the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the second correspondence is the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the first terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the first terminal device, or the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device It is sent to the first terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the first configuration information.
  • the first corresponding relation is the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the second corresponding relation is the Uu of the first terminal device
  • the configuration information of the adaptation layer that is, the first configuration information includes a first correspondence and a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is adapted to the PC5 of the first terminal device Layer configuration information; the second correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device; when implementing the embodiment shown in Figure 6A and Figure 6B in any manner in mode 2.4, the second correspondence is the first terminal
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the device that is, the first configuration information includes the second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the second correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device; in the method 3.1 -
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the second correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device; in the method 3.1 -
  • the first correspondence is the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device;
  • the second correspondence is the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device configuration information, that is, the first configuration information includes a first correspondence and a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the configuration of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device information; the second correspondence is configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the same information element or different information elements, which are not limited here.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in the same information element
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the first information element.
  • the first cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may be an Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first cell may include a first sub-cell and a second sub-cell.
  • the first sub-information element may include one or more of the following: identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, an identification of the terminal device, and the first sub-information element is used to indicate the first corresponding relationship.
  • the first sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may be a dst-mappingInfo information element in the DST-MappingInfoList, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may include one or more of the following: the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer, and the second sub-information element is used to indicate the second correspondence.
  • the second sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may be a MappingInfo information element in the Bearer-MappingInfoList, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may include the second sub-information element.
  • the first cell may include a first sub-cell and a second sub-cell.
  • the second sub-information element may also include a second RLC
  • the identifier of the bearer, the second sub-information element is also used to indicate the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the configuration of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in different information elements
  • the configuration of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device The information is included in the second information element
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal equipment is included in the third information element.
  • the second information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may be a Uu-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a PC5-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second cell may include the second sub-cell
  • the third cell may include the first sub-cell
  • the second information element may include the first sub-information element.
  • the second cell may include a first sub-cell and a second sub-cell.
  • the first terminal device The configuration information received from the access network device includes the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5B and the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 6A and Figure 6B, that is, the access network device can set the The configuration information involved in the downlink data transmission and the configuration information involved in the uplink data transmission are delivered to the first terminal device at the same time.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the same information element or in different information elements. Do limit.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are included in the same information element, the first The configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device, and the configuration information and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 6A and Figure 6B
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device is all included in the same information element.
  • the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5B The configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer, and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 6A and Figure 6B are all included in the same information element; the embodiment shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5B
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved, and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B are both included in the same information element.
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities are configured on the first terminal device, and one PC5 adaptation layer entity among the multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities is a PC5 RLC corresponding to a remote terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity used by the bearer how to correctly submit the downlink data.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes but not limited to the following steps:
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the first data and the second indication information from the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the second terminal device that transmits the first data, and the first indication information is an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the radio bearer, and the second indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer.
  • the radio bearer may include DRB and/or SRB, which is not limited here.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a Uu adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a PC5 adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is an adaptation layer entity used by a PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to a terminal device. It can be understood that the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to one terminal device may be at least one PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, or the same adaptation layer entity entity, without limitation. It can be understood that if the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, this solution adopts steps 701 to 702 to implement; if the second The first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity, and step 702 is implemented in this solution.
  • step 701 may include: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the second Adaptation layer entity: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can The distribution entity correctly submits the downstream data.
  • the multiple adaptation layer entities may be the adaptation layer entities used by the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to each terminal device among the multiple terminal devices, that is, one PC5 adaptation layer entity used by the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to each terminal device.
  • the first correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B may further include: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives third data from the first RLC bearer, and the third data includes the first data and an identifier of the radio bearer. and the identifier of the second terminal device, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the packet header of the third data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the third data from the RLC layer entity, where the RLC layer entity is included in the first RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device Receiving the third data from the first RLC bearer is performed before step 701;
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity, the second The step 702 is executed before the first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device receives the third data from the first RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, which may be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here .
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates fourth data, and the fourth data includes the first data and the radio bearer identifier; the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the fourth data to the second A second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device.
  • the fourth data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the header of the fourth data, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device reconstructs the fourth data, so that the second terminal device
  • the identifier of is not included in the fourth data, so the overhead of the packet header is saved, and the efficiency of downlink data submission is improved.
  • Manner 1.2 The first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the third data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not perform additional processing on the third data, so the change of the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is avoided.
  • the structure of the header is PDU
  • SDU the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not perform additional processing on the third data, so the change of the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is avoided.
  • the radio bearer identifier is not included in the header of the first data, and the first data is an SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the header of the third data and additionally indicates the identifier of the radio bearer, Therefore, the overhead can be reduced, and the downlink data delivery efficiency can be improved.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the second indication information, where the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device.
  • the second RLC bearer acquires the first data from the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. It can be understood that: the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer of the first terminal device used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. PC5 RLC bearer.
  • step 702 may include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the radio bearer identifier and the second correspondence, so that the first terminal device's The second adaptation layer entity correctly submits the downlink data, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission. It can be understood that for modes 1.1 and 1.3, after the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the radio bearer identifier from the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The layer entity may deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the second corresponding relationship.
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the second indication information further includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the second terminal device receiving the first data, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the radio bearer
  • Submitting the first data to the second RLC bearer with the identifier and the second correspondence may include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device sends the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence.
  • the data is submitted to the second RLC bearer, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device can correctly submit the downlink data, and the reliability of downlink data transmission is improved.
  • the first terminal device's The second adaptation layer entity may submit the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B may further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data and third indication information; the third indication information Including the identification of the radio bearer, or, the third indication information includes the identification of the radio bearer and the identification of the second terminal device; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identification of the radio bearer, the identification of the second terminal device and the The second correspondence relationship submits the first data to the second RLC bearer, including: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the second RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal equipment, and the second correspondence relationship
  • the second RLC bearer enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to correctly submit downlink data, thereby improving the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the second data is a PDU
  • the third indication information is included in the header of the second data.
  • the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the header of the second data; for mode 1.2, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the second data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the second indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device according to the first indication information, so that the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity of a terminal device can correctly deliver the first data to the second RLC bearer according to the second indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B may further include: the first terminal device receives first configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the first configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: first correspondence, second correspondence; the first configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the first Configuration information of the adaptation layer; the second correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the first terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the first terminal device, or the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device It is sent to the first terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the first configuration information.
  • the configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be contained in the same information element or in different information elements, that is, the configuration information of the first terminal device
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the same information element or in different information elements, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in the same information element
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the first information element.
  • the first cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may be an Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first cell may include a first sub-cell and a second sub-cell.
  • the first sub-information element may include one or more of the following: identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, the identification of the second terminal device, the identification of the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the second A sub-information element is used to indicate the first corresponding relationship.
  • the first sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may be the dst-mappingInfo information element in the DST-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may include one or more of the following: an identifier of a radio bearer, an identifier of a second terminal device, and an identifier of a second RLC bearer, and the second sub-information element is used to indicate the second correspondence.
  • the second sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may be a MappingInfo information element in a Bearer-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may also include the first RLC
  • the identifier of the bearer, the second sub-information element is also used to indicate the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • the first sub-information element includes one or more of the following: the identification information of the unicast connection on the sidelink and the identification of the terminal equipment
  • the specific example of the first information element can refer to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B
  • the first cell in will not be described here.
  • the first sub-information element includes one or more of the following: the identifier of the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, and the identifier of the terminal device
  • the first information element may be:
  • the Bearer-MappingInfoList information element may include the second corresponding relationship, and the access network device may configure a maxNrofRemoteUEs group corresponding relationship at most, and maxNrofbearers is the maximum number of bearers corresponding to the terminal equipment that the first terminal equipment can relay.
  • the DST-MappingInfoList information element may include the first corresponding relationship, and the access network device may configure a maxNrofRemoteUEs group corresponding relationship at most, where maxNrofRemoteUEs is the number of terminal devices that can be connected to the first terminal device.
  • DRB-ID is the identifier of the radio bearer
  • Remote-UE-ID is the identifier of the second terminal device
  • PC5-RLC-bearer-id is the identifier of the second RLC bearer
  • Uu-RLC-bearer-id is the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • An identifier of the RLC bearer, and the PC5-Adapt-ID is the identifier of the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are included in different information elements
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device The information is included in the second information element
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal equipment is included in the third information element.
  • the second information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may be a Uu-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a PC5-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may include the first sub-information element. It can be understood that, for downlink data transmission, the access network device may configure the first correspondence in the second information element.
  • the third information element may include a second sub-information element. It can be understood that, for downlink data transmission, the access network device may configure the second corresponding relationship in the third information element.
  • the second information element may be:
  • the second information element may be:
  • the first terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities are configured on the first terminal device, and one PC5 adaptation layer entity among the multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities is a PC5 RLC corresponding to a remote terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity used by the bearer how to correctly submit the uplink data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the first data and the first indication information from the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer
  • the radio bearer may include a DRB and/or an SRB, which is not limited here.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a PC5 adaptation layer entity
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is a Uu adaptation layer entity
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device is an adaptation layer entity used by a PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to a terminal device. It can be understood that the PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to one terminal device may be at least one PC5 RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, or the same adaptation layer entity entity, without limitation. It can be understood that if the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, this solution adopts steps 801 to 802 to implement; if the second The first adaptation layer entity of a terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity, and step 802 is implemented in this solution.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B may further include: the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives third data from the second RLC bearer, and the third data includes an identifier of the radio bearer, that is, the radio bearer
  • the identifier of the third data is included in the header of the third data, or the third data includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, that is, the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the third data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the third data from the RLC layer entity included in the second RLC bearer.
  • the second RLC bearer is the RLC bearer used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device, that is, the second RLC bearer is the PC5 RLC bearer of the first terminal device used when the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. It can be understood that when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are two independent adaptation layer entities, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device The layer entity receives the third data from the second RLC bearer before step 801; in the case that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device are the same adaptation layer entity The step 802 is performed before the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device receives the third data from the second RLC bearer.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, which may be implemented in any of the following ways, which are not limited here .
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates fourth data
  • the fourth data includes the first data, the radio bearer identifier and the first data.
  • the identification of the second terminal device; the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the fourth data to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • the fourth data is a PDU
  • the first data is an SDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the fourth data, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device reconstructs the third data.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data and the identifier of the second terminal device to the first Two adaptation layer entities.
  • the third data is PDU
  • the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not process the third data, so it is avoided that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device changes the packet header Structure.
  • the radio bearer identifier and the second terminal device identifier are not included in the header of the first data, and the first data is an SDU. That is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device removes the packet header of the third data, and additionally indicates the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device, so overhead can be reduced and uplink data delivery efficiency can be improved.
  • Method 1.4 In the case where the third data includes the radio bearer identifier, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first data, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the third data to the second terminal device of the first terminal device.
  • Two adaptation layer entities Wherein, the third data is PDU, and the first data is SDU, that is, the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not process the third data, so it is avoided that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device changes the packet header Structure.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may also submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, therefore, the first terminal device
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the device may determine the identifier of the second terminal device according to the second indication information and the second correspondence relationship, thereby implementing conversion between the second indication information and the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the first adaptation layer entity, and the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, where the sidelink is the connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal Sidelinks between devices.
  • the second correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information.
  • the first RLC bearer acquires the first data from the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device.
  • step 802 may include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that This enables the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to submit data correctly, improving the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the first RLC bearer.
  • Fig. 8A in the case where the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device does not submit the identity of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, Fig. 8A
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8B also includes: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device determines the identity of the second terminal device according to the third indication information and the third corresponding relationship, thereby realizing the third indication information and the second Conversion of the identity of the end device.
  • the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may determine the identity of the second terminal device according to the third indication information and the third corresponding relationship, and the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device may determine the identity of the second terminal device according to the radio bearer
  • the identifier, the identifier of the second terminal device and the first correspondence are performed before the first data is delivered to the first RLC bearer.
  • the third indication information includes one or more of the following: the identity of the second adaptation layer entity, and the identity information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, where the sidelink is the link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The sidelink between them corresponds to the first adaptation layer entity.
  • the third correspondence includes one or more of the following:
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B further include: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device generates second data; the second data includes the first data, the identifier of the radio bearer, and the The identity, or, the second data includes the first data and the identity of the radio bearer; the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data according to the identity of the radio bearer, the identity of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence
  • the first RLC bearer including: the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the second data to the first RLC bearer according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence, so that the first The second adaptation layer entity of the terminal device can submit data correctly, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the second data is a PDU
  • the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are included in the header of the second data; for methods 1.1-1.3, the identifier of the radio bearer is included in the header of the second data middle.
  • the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the first data and the first indication information to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, so that the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device
  • the second adaptation layer entity can correctly deliver the first data to the first RLC bearer according to the first indication information, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B may further include: the first terminal device receives second configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the second configuration information to the first terminal device.
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first correspondence, a second correspondence, and a third correspondence.
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the second correspondence is the configuration of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device information; the third correspondence is configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device.
  • the second configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the second configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the first terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the first terminal device, or the second configuration information may be sent by the access network device It is sent to the first terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information when the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device submits the identifier of the second terminal device to the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the second configuration information includes the first correspondence and The second correspondence, the second configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the second correspondence is the first Configuration information of the adaptation layer.
  • the second configuration information includes the first correspondence and the third correspondence
  • the second configuration information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the first correspondence is the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device; the third correspondence is the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device configuration information.
  • the configuration information of the first adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the second adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be contained in the same information element or in different information elements, that is, the configuration information of the first terminal device
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the same information element or in different information elements, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in the same information element
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the first information element.
  • the first cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may be an Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may include the first sub-information element and the second sub-cell.
  • the first sub-information element may include one or more of the following: an identifier of a radio bearer, an identifier of a second terminal device, and an identifier of a first RLC bearer, and the first sub-information element is used to indicate the first correspondence.
  • the first sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may be a MappingInfo information element in a Bearer-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may include one or more of the following: the identifier of the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the identifier of the second terminal device, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the sidelink, the second sub-information element The information element is used to indicate the second correspondence.
  • the second sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-information element may be a dst-mappingInfo information element in the DST-MappingInfoList information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the first information element may include the first cell and the third sub-cell.
  • the third sub-information element may include one or more of the following: the identifier of the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device, the identifier of the second terminal device, the identifier information of the unicast connection on the side link, the first The three sub-information elements are used to indicate the third corresponding relationship.
  • the third sub-cell may be a predefined cell or a fixed cell, which is not limited here.
  • the second sub-cell may be the same cell or a different cell from the third sub-cell, which is not limited here.
  • the first sub-information element may also include the second RLC
  • the first sub-information element is also used to indicate the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the second RLC bearer.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are included in different information elements
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the second information element
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the third information element.
  • the second information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may be a Uu-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a predefined information element or a fixed information element, which is not limited here.
  • the third information element may be a PC5-Adapt-Config information element, or an information element with a similar definition or function, or an information element with an extended field, which is not limited here.
  • the second information element may include the second sub-information element
  • the third information element may include the first sub-information element
  • the third information element may include the first cell and the third sub-cell.
  • the first terminal device The configuration information received from the access network device includes the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 7A and Figure 7B and the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 8A and Figure 8B, that is, the access network device can set the The configuration information involved in the downlink data transmission and the configuration information involved in the uplink data transmission are delivered to the first terminal device at the same time.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device may be included in the same information element or in different information elements. Do limit.
  • the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device are contained in the same information element, the first The configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the terminal device and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device, as well as the configuration information and The configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device is all included in the same information element.
  • the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in Fig. 7A and Fig. 7B The configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer, and the configuration information of the Uu adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in Figure 8A and Figure 8B are all included in the same information element; the embodiment shown in Figure 7A and Figure 7B
  • the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved, and the configuration information of the PC5 adaptation layer of the first terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B are both included in the same information element.
  • the first terminal device receives the second configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the second configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives second data from the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, where the second data includes second indication information.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device submits the second data to the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device may receive data from at least one RLC bearer and/or receive data from at least one PDCP layer entity, which is not limited here.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device in step 901 may be one RLC bearer in at least one RLC bearer.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device is a PC5 RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data.
  • the second indication information is the identifier of the radio bearer, or, the second indication information includes the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • step 901 may be replaced by: the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives the second data from the RLC layer entity of the second terminal device, and correspondingly, the RLC layer entity of the second terminal device sends the second data to the second terminal device The adaptation layer entity submits the second data.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device delivers the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device receives the second data from the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • step 902 may include: the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second terminal device according to the radio bearer identifier and the first correspondence
  • the PDCP layer entity enables the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device to correctly submit downlink data, thereby improving the reliability of downlink data transmission. That is, in the case where the second indication information includes the radio bearer identifier, or in the case that the second indication information includes the radio bearer identifier and the identifier of the second terminal device, the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device may according to The identifier of the radio bearer and the first corresponding relationship deliver the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives the second data from the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device can send the first The data is correctly submitted to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 may further include: the second terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the first configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes the following items: the first correspondence and the second correspondence; the first configuration information is used to indicate that the first correspondence and/or the second correspondence is the configuration of the adaptation layer of the second terminal device information.
  • the first configuration information includes the first correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the first correspondence is the configuration of the adaptation layer of the second terminal device information; in the case where the second indication information is the identity of the radio bearer and the identity of the second terminal device, the first configuration information includes a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the second correspondence is the identity of the second terminal equipment Configuration information of the adaptation layer.
  • the first configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the second terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the second terminal device or the third terminal device, or the first configuration information may be sent by The access network device sends to the first terminal device spontaneously, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the first configuration information.
  • the second terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the access network device may include: the second terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the access network device information.
  • the second terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device generates second data; the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is obtained from the PDCP layer of the second terminal device by the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device The data received by the entity.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer, or the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data.
  • the second indication information is an identifier of the radio bearer.
  • the second indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and an identifier of the second terminal device. The identifier of the second terminal device may be received by the second terminal device from the access network device.
  • the first terminal device before the second terminal device establishes the RRC connection, the first terminal device requests the access network device to allocate the second terminal device through an RRC message, such as a (SidelinkUEInformationNR, SUI) message. logo.
  • RRC message such as a (SidelinkUEInformationNR, SUI) message. logo.
  • the assigned identity of the second terminal device is sent to the first terminal device through an RRC message, and the first terminal device informs the second terminal device of the identity of the second terminal device through the SL.
  • the identifier of the second terminal device may be sent to the second terminal device through a sidelink RRC message or a PC5 signaling or a MAC CE message.
  • the access network device may receive the RRC setup request (RRCsetupRequest) message sent by the second terminal device, that is, after the second terminal device initiates RRC connection establishment, it carries the identity of the second terminal device In the reply RRC Setup (RRCSetup) message.
  • RRC setupRequest RRC setup request
  • RRCSetup RRC Setup
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device delivers the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device obtains the second data from the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device may receive data from at least one RLC bearer and/or receive data from at least one PDCP layer entity, which is not limited here.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device in step 1002 may be one RLC bearer in at least one RLC bearer.
  • the RLC bearer of the second terminal device is a PC5 RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • step 1002 may include: the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first corresponding relationship
  • the RLC bearer enables the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device to correctly submit uplink data, improving the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • step 1002 may include: the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device The first corresponding relationship submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device can correctly submit the uplink data, and improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device generates the second data, and the second data includes the first data and the second indication information, so that the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device can generate the second data according to the second
  • the indication information correctly delivers the second data to the RLC bearer of the second terminal device, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may further include: the second terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, and correspondingly, the access network device sends the first configuration information to the second terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes the following item: a first correspondence and a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the first correspondence or the second correspondence is configuration information of an adaptation layer of the second terminal device.
  • the first configuration information includes the first correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the first correspondence is the configuration of the adaptation layer of the second terminal device information; in the case where the second indication information is the identity of the radio bearer and the identity of the second terminal device, the first configuration information includes a second correspondence, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the second correspondence is the identity of the second terminal equipment Configuration information of the adaptation layer.
  • the first configuration information may be included in RRC signaling or other signaling, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the first configuration information may be sent by the access network device to the second terminal device when the access network device receives a configuration information request message from the second terminal device or the third terminal device, or the first configuration information may be sent by The access network device sends to the first terminal device spontaneously, which is not limited here.
  • the configuration information request message may be used to instruct the access network device to send the first configuration information.
  • the second terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the access network device may include: the second terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the first terminal device, and the first terminal device receiving the first configuration information from the access network device information.
  • the configuration information received by the second terminal device from the access network device includes the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 and the first configuration information involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , That is, the access network device can deliver the configuration information involved in the downlink data transmission and the configuration information involved in the uplink data transmission to the second terminal device at the same time.
  • the second terminal device receives the first configuration information from the access network device, so that the first terminal device can correctly submit data between different protocol layer entities according to the first configuration information, which improves data transmission. reliability.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device generates second data; the second data includes first data and second indication information, and the first data is obtained from the PDCP layer of the access network device by the adaptation layer entity of the access network device The data received by the entity.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data, and the second indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the PDCP layer entity of the access network device is used to transmit data corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device according to the second indication information.
  • the RLC bearer of the access network device obtains the second data from the adaptation layer entity of the access network device.
  • the RLC bearer of the access network device is the RLC bearer used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device, that is, the RLC bearer of the access network device is the Uu RLC used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device bearer.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device may receive data from at least one RLC bearer and/or receive data from at least one PDCP layer entity, which is not limited here. It can be understood that the RLC bearer of the access network device in step 1102 may be one RLC bearer in at least one RLC bearer.
  • step 1102 may include: the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence,
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network terminal equipment can correctly submit downlink data, and the reliability of downlink data transmission is improved.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the RLC bearer of the access network device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device generates the second data, and the second data includes the first data and the second indication information, so that the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can The indication information correctly submits the second data to the RLC bearer of the access network device, which improves the reliability of downlink data transmission.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device receives second data from the RLC bearer of the access network device, where the second data includes second indication information.
  • the RLC bearer of the access network device submits the second data to the adaptation layer entity of the access network device.
  • the RLC bearer of the access network device is the RLC bearer used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device, that is, the RLC bearer of the access network device is the Uu RLC used when the access network device communicates with the first terminal device bearer.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a radio bearer corresponding to the second terminal device receiving the second data, and the second indication information includes an identifier of the radio bearer and an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device according to the second indication information.
  • the PDCP layer entity of the access network device receives the second data from the adaptation layer entity of the access network device.
  • the PDCP layer entity of the access network device is used to transmit data corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • step 1202 may include: the adaptation layer entity of the access network device submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first correspondence , so that the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can correctly submit uplink data, improving the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the PDCP layer entity of the access network device.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device receives the second data from the RLC bearer of the access network device, so that the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can transmit the first data according to the second indication information.
  • the data is correctly submitted to the PDCP layer entity of the access network device, which improves the reliability of uplink data transmission.
  • FIG. 13A only one PC5 adaptation layer entity is configured for the first terminal device, and the PC5 adaptation layer entity is an adaptation layer entity shared by at least one PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to the remote terminal device;
  • FIG. 13B multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities are configured on the first terminal device, and one PC5 adaptation layer entity among the multiple PC5 adaptation layer entities is an adaptation layer entity used by a PC5 RLC bearer corresponding to a remote terminal device .
  • the adaptation layer entity of the access network device receives the first data from the high-level protocol layer entity corresponding to the second terminal device, that is, the adaptation layer of the access network device
  • the entity receives the first data from the PDCP layer entity of the access network device, and the PDCP layer entity of the access network device is used to transmit data corresponding to the second terminal device; then, the actions performed by the adaptation layer entity of the access network device can be Refer to step 1101-step 1102 in Figure 11; then, the first terminal device receives the second data from the access network device through the first RLC bearer; then, for Figure 13A, the actions performed by the first terminal device can refer to Figure 13A Step 501-Step 502 of 5A, with regard to Figure 13B, the actions performed by the first terminal device can refer to Step 701-Step 702 in Figure 7A, which will not be repeated here; further, the second terminal device passes the second terminal device The RLC bearer receives the second data from the first terminal
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device when the second data received by the second terminal device from the first terminal device through the RLC bearer of the second terminal device includes the identifier of the radio bearer, the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first A corresponding relationship submits the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device, and the first corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device;
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device Submit the second data to the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device, and the second correspondence relationship includes the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device Correspondence between.
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device receives the first data from the PDCP layer entity of the second terminal device; then, the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device
  • the actions performed can refer to steps 1001-1002 in Figure 10; then, the first terminal device receives the second data from the second terminal device through the second RLC bearer; then, for Figure 13A, the first terminal device executes
  • the actions can refer to steps 601-602 in Figure 6A.
  • the actions performed by the first terminal device can refer to steps 801-802 in Figure 8A, which will not be repeated here; further, the access network device passes The RLC bearer of the access network device receives the second data from the first terminal device; then, for actions performed by the access network device, reference may be made to steps 1201 - 1202 in FIG. 12 .
  • the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device when the second data generated by the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device includes the identifier of the radio bearer, the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data according to the identifier of the radio bearer and the first corresponding relationship
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device
  • the second data generated by the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device includes When the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the second terminal device are used, the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device submits the second data to the second terminal device according to the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device and the second corresponding
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the identifier of the radio bearer, the identifier of the second terminal device, and the identifier of the RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the actions performed by the first terminal device can refer to the steps 501-502 in Figure 5A.
  • the actions performed by the first terminal device Actions can refer to steps 601 to 602 in Figure 6A; for the downlink data transmission scheme, the actions performed by the first terminal device refer to steps 701 to 702 in Figure 7A, for the uplink data transmission scheme, the actions performed by the first terminal device Reference may be made to steps 801 - 802 in FIG. 8A .
  • the process of transmitting downlink data from the access network device to other terminal devices through the first terminal device can refer to the process of transmitting downlink data from the access network device to the second terminal device through the first terminal device; from other terminal devices through the first terminal device
  • a process of transmitting uplink data from a terminal device to an access network device reference may be made to the process of transmitting uplink data from a second terminal device to an access network device through a first terminal device, and details are not described here.
  • this solution may also involve the distinction between the bearer of the second terminal device and the bearer of the first terminal device.
  • the radio bearer of the first terminal device refers to the radio bearer for communication between the first terminal device and the access network device, and bears the data interacted between the access network device and the first terminal device.
  • the radio bearer of the first terminal device refers to the radio bearer for communication between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and bears data that is directly interacted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device through the sidelink.
  • the main function of the adaptation layer is to multiplex data on different radio bearers to one RLC bearer.
  • the above embodiment only considers the situation that radio bearers of different terminal devices are multiplexed on the RLC bearer.
  • the adaptation layer may also multiplex the radio bearer of the second terminal device and the radio bearer of the first terminal device onto one RLC bearer. In this case, the adaptation layer needs to distinguish the two during the routing process.
  • a possible implementation manner is that the access network device also allocates an identifier of the second terminal device for indicating to the first terminal device, and notifies the first terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer carries the allocation in the header of the adaptation layer PDU of the radio bearer data of the first terminal device
  • the identifier of the second terminal device may be directly given by the protocol.
  • Another possible implementation manner is to introduce indication information on the header of the adaptation layer PDU, which is used to indicate whether the data is the data of the second terminal device or the data of the first terminal device. For example, it may be 1-bit indication information, 0 indicates that the data is the data of the second terminal device, and 1 indicates that the data is the data of the first terminal device.
  • the adaptation layer of the first terminal device adds the identification or indication information of the second terminal device to the header of the adaptation layer PDU, and sends it to the access network device, and the access network device receives After receiving the data, the data is delivered to the upper-layer entity of the second terminal device or the upper-layer entity of the first terminal device according to the identification or indication information of the second terminal device carried on the adaptation layer PDU.
  • the adaptation layer of the access network device adds the identification or indication information of the second terminal device to the header of the adaptation layer PDU, and when the first terminal device receives the data, it The identification or indication information of the second terminal device submits the first terminal device's own data to the upper layer of the first terminal device or corresponds the second terminal device data to the PC5RLC bearer of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device When the data of the first terminal device and the data of the second terminal device are multiplexed on a PC5RLC bearer, if the second terminal device carries the identity of the second terminal device in the adaptation layer header during the uplink data transmission, it can The above-mentioned method is used to distinguish data; if the second terminal device does not perceive the identity of the second terminal device, the method of carrying indication information may be used.
  • Another possible way is to limit that the data of the first terminal device and the data of the second terminal device cannot be multiplexed on one RLC bearer.
  • the configuration of the network access device can know whether the data on different RLC bearers belong to the second terminal device or the first terminal device.
  • the radio bearer of the second terminal device includes two types of DRB and SRB.
  • a bearer between a terminal device and an access network device can include at most SRB1-SRB3 and 32 DRBs. Therefore, the access network device uses 2 bits to identify SRB1-3, corresponding to 1-3 , 5 bits are used to identify DRB1-DRB32, which correspond to the identifiers 1-32 respectively.
  • RB ID radio bearer ID
  • the adaptation layer will have no way to distinguish between SRB data and DRB data whose IDs are 1-3.
  • a possible implementation is to add 1-bit indication information to the adaptation layer header to indicate the bearer type, for example, when the indication information is 0, it corresponds to SRB data, and when the indication information is 1, it corresponds to DRB data.
  • the adaptation layer can uniquely determine which radio bearer the data belongs to.
  • the RB ID is in binary form of 5 bits. For example, if the adaptation layer PDU header contains indication information "0" and RB ID 2 information , which means that the adaptation layer PDU contains the data of SRB2.
  • the access network device remaps the SRB ID and the DRB ID so that the numbers of the two are not repeated, and notifies the first terminal device and the second terminal device of the ID information after the remapping, using It is used to add and identify RB ID information on the adaptation layer header.
  • the access network device configures the identifiers of SRB1-3 as 1-3, configures the identifiers of DRB1-32 as 4-35, and notifies the first terminal device and the second terminal device of the correspondence between SRB/DRB and identifiers. Terminal Equipment.
  • the RB ID can be up to 35, so a 6-bit space needs to be reserved on the PDU header of the adaptation layer to carry the RB ID information.
  • the above remapping relationship can be directly given by the protocol, that is, it is stipulated that the RB IDs of SRB1-3 correspond to 1-3, and the RB IDs of DRB1-32 correspond to 4-35; or,
  • Another possible implementation is to limit that SRB data and DRB data cannot be multiplexed on one RLC bearer.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device can know the data on different RLC bearers according to the configuration of the access network device Is it SRB data or DRB data.
  • each network element includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the first terminal device, the second terminal device, the access network device, etc. according to the above method example, for example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or two
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or two
  • the above functions are integrated into one processing module, and the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules.
  • the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 can be applied to the above methods shown in FIGS. 5A-12 , and as shown in FIG. 14 , the communication device 1400 includes: a processing module 1401 and a transceiver module 1402 .
  • the processing module 1401 may be one or more processors, and the transceiver module 1402 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the communication device may be used to realize the functions related to the first terminal device, the second terminal device, and the access network device in any of the above method embodiments, or to realize the functions related to the network elements in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the network element or network function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualization function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the communication device 1400 may further include a storage module 1403 for storing program codes and data of the communication device 1400 .
  • the transceiver module 1402 is used to support communication with the second terminal device or the access network device, etc., and the transceiver module 1402 is also used for communication between different protocol layer entities in the first terminal device, such as the transceiver module 1402 is used to pass the 5A-the actions of sending and/or receiving performed by the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device in FIG. 8B, specifically, the transceiver module 1402 is used to perform steps 501, One or more of step 601, step 701, step 801, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is used for sending and/or receiving actions performed by the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device in FIG. 5A-8B, for example, the transceiver module 1402 is used for the The layering entity performs one or more of steps 502, 602, 702, 802, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1401 may be used to support the communication apparatus 1400 to execute the processing actions in the above method embodiments, for example, the processing module 1401 is used to use the first adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device or the second adaptation layer entity of the first terminal device to The processing actions described herein are performed.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is used to support communication with the first terminal device or the access network device, etc., and the transceiver module 1402 is also used for communication between different protocol layer entities in the second terminal device, such as the transceiver module 1402 is used to pass the 9-The actions of sending and/or receiving performed by the adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device in FIG. One or more steps in 1002, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1401 may be configured to support the communication apparatus 1400 to execute the processing actions in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the processing module 1401 is configured to execute step 1001 in FIG. 10 through an adaptation layer entity of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is used to support communication with the first terminal device, etc., and the transceiver module 1402 is also used for communication between different protocol layer entities in the access network device, such as the transceiver module 1402 is used to pass the The action of sending and/or receiving performed by the adaptation layer entity of the access network device, for example, supporting the adaptation layer entity of the access network device to perform one or more steps in step 1102, step 1201, and step 1202, and/or Other procedures for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1401 may be configured to support the communications apparatus 1400 to execute the processing actions in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the processing module 1401 is configured to execute step 1101 in FIG. 11 through an adaptation layer entity of the access network device.
  • the transceiver module 1402 may be an interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the interface can be used to input the data to be processed to the processor, and can output the processing result of the processor.
  • the interface can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as display (LCD), camera (camara), radio frequency (radio frequency, RF) modules, antennas, etc. )connect.
  • the interface is connected with the processor through the bus.
  • the processing module 1401 may be a processor, and the processor may execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage module, so that the chip executes the methods involved in the embodiments of FIG. 5A to FIG. 12 .
  • the processor may include a controller, an arithmetic unit and registers.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for decoding instructions and sending control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations, and logic operations, and can also perform address operations and conversions.
  • the register is mainly responsible for saving the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor can be application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) architecture, microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture (MIPS) architecture, advanced streamlined instructions Advanced RISC machines (ARM) architecture or network processor (network processor, NP) architecture, etc.
  • Processors can be single-core or multi-core.
  • the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the storage module can also be a storage module located outside the chip, such as read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc. .
  • processors and the interface can be realized through hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is a mobile phone as an example. It can be understood that the terminal device involved in FIG. 15 may be the first terminal device or the second terminal device, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device includes at least one processor, and may also include a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and can also be used to control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, and the like.
  • the terminal device may also include a memory, which is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves, and the antenna is the antenna provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 15 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 15 . In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • a memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with transceiver function can be regarded as the receiving unit and the transmitting unit of the terminal equipment (also collectively referred to as the transceiver unit), and the processor with processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal equipment .
  • the terminal device includes a receiving module 31 , a processing module 32 and a sending module 33 .
  • the receiving module 31 can also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending module 33 can also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 32 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing device, and the like.
  • the processing module 32 is configured to execute the function of the first terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A-FIG. 8A.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network equipment includes a radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part and a part 42, and the radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part further includes a receiving module 41 and a sending module 43 (also collectively referred to as a transceiver module).
  • the RF signal transceiver and conversion part is mainly used for the RF signal transceiver and the conversion of the RF signal and the baseband signal; the 42 part is mainly used for the baseband processing and controlling the access network equipment, etc.
  • the receiving module 41 can also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending module 43 can also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the part 42 is usually the control center of the access network equipment, which can usually be called a processing module, and is used to control the access network equipment to execute the steps performed by the above-mentioned access network equipment in FIGS. 11-12 .
  • a processing module is used to control the access network equipment to execute the steps performed by the above-mentioned access network equipment in FIGS. 11-12 .
  • Part 42 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories, and the processors are used to read and execute programs in the memories to realize baseband processing functions and interface network device control. If there are multiple single boards, each single board can be interconnected to increase the processing capacity. As an optional implementation, it is also possible that multiple single boards share one or more processors, or that multiple single boards share one or more memories, or that multiple single boards share one or more processors at the same time. device.
  • the sending module 43 is configured to perform the function of the access network device in any one of the embodiments shown in FIG. 11-FIG. 12 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor, a memory, an input interface and an output interface, the input interface is used to receive information from other communication devices other than the communication device, and the output interface is used to send information to other communication devices outside the communication device Other communication devices output information, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 5A-12 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is run, any one of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 5A-12 is realized.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which enables the computer to implement any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 5A-12 when the computer reads and executes the computer program product.
  • each network element unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software network elements.
  • the above integrated units are realized in the form of software network elements and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a cloud server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .
  • U disk mobile hard disk
  • read-only memory ROM, Read-Only Memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • magnetic disk or optical disc etc.
  • the above is only a specific embodiment of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of various equivalents within the scope of the technology disclosed in the application. Modifications or replacements, these modifications or replacements shall be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置，因为第一终端设备的第一适配层实体可以将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二RLC承载，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。

Description

一种数据传输方法及相关装置
本申请要求在2021年10月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111223655.1、发明名称为“一种数据传输方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及相关装置。
背景技术
目前，在中继技术中，远端终端设备可以通过中继终端设备与基站进行通信。如远端终端设备的数据包可以在中继终端设备的无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)承载进行中继转发，其中，一个RLC承载可以包括无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层实体以及一个媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层的逻辑信道。可以理解的，在中继技术中，可以在RLC层和分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层之间增加适配(adaptation，Adapt)层，以实现承载的复用和解复用。即支持不同远端终端设备的至少一个无线承载上的数据可以复用到一个RLC承载上或者将一个RLC承载上的数据拆分至不同的无线承载。
然而，在现有协议设计中，基站进行RLC承载配置时，一个RLC承载对应于一个PDCP实体或一个无线承载(radio bearer，RB)，即不支持承载的复用和解复用。所以当存在无线承载(radio bearer，RB)复用和解复用时，可能会导致远端终端设备的下行数据无法正确递交的问题。因此，在RB复用和解复用的场景下，如何正确递交下行数据成为当前阶段亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置，实现了正确递交下行数据。
第一方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二RLC承载，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路；所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载；所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体需要根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路，从而可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，可以根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设 备的第二适配层实体可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第一指示信息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体还可以将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，或，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体将第二数据递交给第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第三数据；所述第三数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单 播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第三数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体将第三数据递交给第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息；
所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的转换。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第三对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系为所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第二方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第一RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧 行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的转换。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。
可选的，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第一RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息；所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第三方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第二终端设备，所述方法包括：
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，包括：
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
第四方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第二终端设备，所述方法包括：
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据，第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第二数 据正确递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载，包括：
所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交上行数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述第一对应关系或所述第二对应关系为所述第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第五方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括：
所述接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据，第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第二数据正确递交给接入网设备的RLC承载，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载，包括：
所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的RLC承载之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给接入网设备的RLC承载，使得接入网终端设备 的适配层实体可以正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
第六方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括
所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体从接入网设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给接入网设备的PDCP层实体，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体，包括：
所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给接入网设备的PDCP层实体，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以正确递交上行数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
第七方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备，所述第二指示信息用于指示无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载；所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第一指示信息为所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系从多 个适配层实体中，确定所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将所述第一数据和第二指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的对应关系，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与所述侧行链路对应，或，所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与所述第二终端设备对应。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系从多个适配层实体中，确定第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第一适配层实体可以将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第一适配层实体正确递交下行数据。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识，所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述第二指示信息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第三指示信息；所述第三指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，或，所述第三指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息；所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；
所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的对应关系，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路与所述第二适配层实体对应；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第八方面，提供一种数据传输方法，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；所述第一指示信息用于指示无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第一RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二指示信息和第二对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将所述第二终端设备的标识递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
其中，所述第二指示信息包括以下一项或多项：所述第一适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路；
所述第二对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未获取第二终端设备的 标识的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二指示信息和第二对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了第二指示信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第三指示信息和第三对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；
其中，所述第三指示信息包括以下一项或多项：所述第二适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路与所述第一适配层实体对应；
所述第三对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第二指示信息和第三对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了第二指示信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据、所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，或，所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和所述无线承载的标识；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第一RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第二配置信息；所述第二配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系；
所述第二配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；
所述第三对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第三对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第二配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第二配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第九方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
可选的，在第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系，确定侧行链路；所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载；所述第一对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
在所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述处理模块，用于 通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载，在所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一指示信息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，或，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
在所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，在所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第三数据；所述第三数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识；
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第三数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，还用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息；
所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述收发模块，还用于从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第三对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系为所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
第十方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，在第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC 承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述处理模块，还用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
在所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可选的，所述收发模块，还用于从接入网设备接收第一配置信息；所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
第十一方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第二终端设备，所述第二终端设备包括收发模块，
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
可选的，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，在所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系。
第十二方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第二终端设备，所述第二终端设备包括收发模块和处理模块，
所述处理模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
可选的，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，在所述第二终端设备的适配层 实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述收发模块，还用于从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述第一对应关系或所述第二对应关系为所述第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
第十三方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为接入网设备，所述接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，
所述处理模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载，所述接入网设备的RLC承载为所述接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，在所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的RLC承载之间的对应关系。
第十四方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为接入网设备，所述接入网设备包括收发模块，
所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述接入网设备的RLC承载为所述接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，在所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、 所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体之间的对应关系。
第十五方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备，所述第二指示信息用于指示无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载；所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述第一指示信息为所述第二终端设备的标识，在所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体时，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系从多个适配层实体中，确定所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
所述收发模块，还用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将所述第一数据和第二指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
所述第一对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的对应关系，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路；
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与所述侧行链路对应，或，所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与所述第二终端设备对应。
可选的，所述第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识，在所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述第二指示信息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识，在所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第三指示信息；所述 第三指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，或，所述第三指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
在所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
可选的，所述收发模块，还用于从接入网设备接收第一配置信息；所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；
所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的对应关系，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路与所述第二适配层实体对应；
所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
第十六方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；所述第一指示信息用于指示无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二指示信息和第二对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将所述第二终端设备的标识递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；
其中，所述第二指示信息包括以下一项或多项：所述第一适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路；
所述第二对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述第一终端设备还包括处理模块，所述处理模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第三指示信息和第三对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；
其中，所述第三指示信息包括以下一项或多项：所述第二适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行 链路，所述侧行链路与所述第一适配层实体对应；
所述第三对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，在所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第一RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，所述处理模块，还用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据、所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，或，所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和所述无线承载的标识；
在所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载时，所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
可选的，所述收发模块，用于从接入网设备接收第二配置信息；所述第二配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系；
所述第二配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；
所述第三对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第二对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述第三对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
第十七方面，提供一种通信装置，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面或第八方面任一项所述的方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置可以是实现第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面或第八方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。
第十八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被运行时，实现如第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面或第八方面任一项所述的方法。
第十九方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上执行时，使得第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面、第七方面或第八方面任一项所述的方法被执行。
第二十方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括以下一项或多项：上述第一终端设备、上述第二终端设备、上述接入网设备。
附图说明
下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。
其中：
图1为终端设备与终端设备通信时涉及到的控制面协议栈；
图2为U2N Relay的数据面协议架构；
图3为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的基础架构；
图4所示为可适用于本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图；
图5A为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图5B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图6A为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图6B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图7A为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图7B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图8A为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图8B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图13A从接入网设备通过第一终端设备传输下行数据至第二终端设备以及从第二终端设备通过第一终端设备传输上行数据至接入网设备的示意图；
图13B从接入网设备通过第一终端设备传输下行数据至第二终端设备以及从第二终端设备通过第一终端设备传输上行数据至接入网设备的示意图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的接入网设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。除非另有说明，“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且，在本申 请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是一个，也可以是多个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对网元和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。
在本申请实施例中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此，在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例，而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。
以下的具体实施方式，对本申请的目标、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以下仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。
在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
下面对本申请所涉及到的一些部分名词(或通信术语)进行解释说明。可以理解的，当本申请中其他地方涉及到以下名词(或通信术语)时，后续不在不再解释说明。
1.侧行链路(sidelink，SL)
SL是指：针对终端设备和终端设备之间直接通信定义的。也即终端设备和终端设备之间不通过基站转发而直接通信的链路。
其中，终端设备与终端设备之间的接口称为PC5接口，PC5接口类似于终端设备与接入网设备之间的Uu接口。可以理解的，终端设备与终端设备通信时涉及到的控制面协议栈可以参考图1，如图1所示，在控制面，终端设备A和终端设备B之间可以有对等的无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层、物理(physical，PHY)层等。
另外，SL上支持的通信类型可以包括广播通信、组播通信和单播通信。在长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统中，SL上支持广播通信。在新空口(NR)系统中，SL上支持广播通信、组播通信和单播通信。
广播通信类似于接入网设备广播系统信息，即终端设备不做加密对外发送广播业务数据，任何在有效接收范围内的其他终端设备，如果对该广播业务感兴趣都可以接收该广播业务的数据。
组播通信是指一个通信组内所有终端之间的通信，组内任一终端设备都可以收发该组播业务的数据。
单播通信类似于终端设备与接入网设备之间建立无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接之后进行的数据通信，需要两个终端设备之间在先建立单播连接。在建立单播连接 之后，两个终端设备可以基于协商的标识进行数据通信，该数据可以是加密的，也可以是不加密的。相比于广播，在单播通信中，只能是建立了单播连接的两个终端设备之间才能进行该单播通信。可以理解的，单播通信对应于一对源层二标识(source Layer-2identifier，源L2ID)和目的层二标识(Destination Layer-2Identifier，目的L2ID)。如，每个SL MAC协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)的子头中包含源层二标识和目的层二标识，以使得数据传输至正确的接收端。
2.无线承载(radio bearer，RB)
RB为接入网设备为终端设备分配的一系列协议实体及配置的总称，是由层2提供的用于在接入网设备为终端设备之间传输用户数据的服务，包括PDCP层实体等一系列资源配置等。RB可以分为数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)和信令无线承载(signalling radio bearer，SRB)，前者用于承载数据，后者用于承载信令消息。在SL通信场景中，则RB称为侧行链路无线承载(sidelink Radio Bearer，SLRB)，SLRB可以分为侧行链路数据无线承载(sidelink data radio bearer，SL DRB)和侧行链路信令无线承载(sidelink signalling radio bearer，SL SRB)。
3.RLC承载(RLC Bearer)
RLC承载指RLC层以下的协议实体及配置，为无线承载的下层部分，包括RLC层实体和逻辑信道等一系列资源。
本申请中，RLC承载可以分为终端设备与接入网设备通信时所使用的RLC承载、终端设备与终端设备通信时所使用的RLC承载。可以理解的，终端设备与接入网设备通信时所使用的RLC承载可以称为Uu RLC承载，终端设备与终端设备通信时所使用的RLC承载可以称为PC5RLC承载。换句话来说，Uu RLC承载为Uu链路(Uu link)或Uu接口上的RLC承载，PC5RLC承载为SL或PC5接口上的RLC承载。Uu链路即终端设备与接入网设备之间的链路。可以理解的，Uu RLC承载、PC5RLC承载为名称，在本申请使用名称作为描述示例，而不对名称做限定。
4.UE-to-Network relay(U2N Relay)系统中的协议栈
U2N Relay为一个终端设备通过另一终端设备与接入网设备进行通信的技术，U2N Relay也可以称为中继(Relay)技术。
其中，U2N Relay的协议架构可以参见图2，如图2所示，U2N Relay的协议栈分两种，一种是L3中继(L3relay)，另一种是L2中继(L2relay)。本申请仅介绍L2中继。远端终端设备(Remote UE)的数据包在中继终端设备(Relay UE)的RLC层以下进行中继转发，即中继终端设备仅维护中继的RLC承载。因此，远端终端设备和接入网设备之间有端对端的PDCP层、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层和RRC层，但没有端对端的RLC层、MAC层和PHY层。
另外，U2N Relay的协议架构在RLC层和PDCP层之间增加了适配(adaptation，Adapt)层。其中，适配层可以分为终端设备与接入网设备通信时所使用的适配层、终端设备与终端设备通信时所使用的适配层。可以理解的，在申请中，终端设备与接入网设备通信时所使用的适配层可以称为Uu适配层，终端设备与终端设备通信时所使用的适配层可以称为PC5适配层。换句话来说，在PC5接口两端的协议栈中的适配层可以称为PC5适配层，即在SL两端的协议栈中的适配层可以称为PC5适配层。在Uu接口两端的协议栈中的适配层可以称为Uu适配层。
需要说明的，适配层的主要作用为承载的复用和解复用，即支持不同的无线承载上的数 据可以复用到一个RLC承载上或者将一个RLC承载上的数据拆分至不同的无线承载。如，以下行方向为例，接入网设备的适配层可以将至少一个远端终端设备中每个远端设备对应的至少一个无线承载上的数据复用至同一RLC承载，即Uu link上的一个RLC承载可以包含至少一个远端终端设备中每个远端设备对应的至少一个无线承载上的数据。在每个远端终端设备的SL上，该远端终端设备的至少一个无线承载上的数据可以映射在同一PC5RLC承载。上行方向类似，远端终端设备的适配层可以将远端终端设备的多个无线承载上的数据映射至同一PC5RLC承载。中继终端设备的适配层则可以将来自至少一个远端终端设备中每个远端设备对应的至少一个无线承载上的数据复用到同一Uu link的RLC承载上。
5.业务数据单元(service data unit，SDU)、协议数据单元(protocol dataunit，PDU)
在通信网络中，不同设备之间的对等协议层实体间交换的数据单元为PDU。一个协议层将该协议层的PDU通过由相邻的下层协议层提供给该协议层的服务接入点(serviceaccess point，SAP)(也可以称为服务接口)传递给下层协议层，并由下层协议层间接完成该协议层的PDU的交换，该协议层的PDU是作为下层协议层的SDU的。
示例性的，针对某个协议层，如果该协议层接收到的数据中不包括该协议层的协议层头，则该数据可以认为是该协议层的SDU。如果该协议层接收到的数据中包括该协议层的协议层头，则该数据可以认为是该协议层的PDU。例如，针对适配层，如果适配层接收到的数据中不包括适配层头，则该数据包可以认为是适配层的SDU，如果适配层接收到的数据中包括适配层头，则该数据包可以认为是适配层的PDU。
应理解，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)架构、第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks，5G)、无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)系统等。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于未来其它的通信系统，例如6G通信系统等，在未来通信系统中，可能保持功能相同，但名称可能会改变。
另外，本申请实施例的技术方案还可以适用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)设备、车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)设备、无人驾驶(unmanned driving)、自动驾驶(automated driving，ADS)、辅助驾驶(driver assistance，ADAS)、智能驾驶(intelligent driving)、网联驾驶(connected driving)、智能网联驾驶(intelligent network driving)、汽车共享(car sharing)等领域。
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的通信系统的基础架构。参见图3，图3为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的基础架构。如图3所示，该通信系统可以包括第一终端设备10、与第一终端设备10进行SL通信的至少一个第二终端设备20(图3中仅示出一个)以及与第一终端设备10通信的接入网设备30。图3仅为示意图，并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。
其中，第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20是用户侧的一种用于接收信号，或者，发送信号，或者，接收信号和发送信号的实体。第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20用于向用户提供语音服务和数据连通性服务中的一种或多种。第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20可以为包含无线收发功能、且可以与接入网设备配合为用户提供通讯服务的设备。具体地，第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置或路边单元(road side unit，RSU)。第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20也可以是无人机、物联网(internet of things，IoT)设备、WLAN中的站点(station，ST)、 蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无绳电话、无线数据卡、平板型电脑、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)设备、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20也可以是设备到设备(device to device，D2D)设备，例如，电表、水表等。第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20还可以为5G系统中的终端，也可以为下一代通信系统中的终端，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可以理解的，第一终端设备10还可以与除第二终端设备20之外的终端设备进行SL通信，第二终端设备20还可以与除第一终端设备10之外的终端设备进行SL通信，在此不做限制。
在本申请中，第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20可以位于同一接入网设备的覆盖范围内；或，第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20可以位于不同接入网设备的覆盖范围内；或，第一终端设备10位于接入网设备30的覆盖范围内，第二终端设备20位于接入网设备30的覆盖范围外，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一终端设备10为中继终端设备，第二终端设备20为远端终端设备。
其中，接入网设备30为网络侧的一种用于发送信号，或者，接收信号，或者，发送信号和接收信号的实体。接入网设备30可以为部署在无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)中为第一终端设备10和第二终端设备20提供无线通信功能的装置，例如可以为传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、基站、各种形式的控制节点。例如，网络控制器、无线控制器、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器等。具体的，接入网设备可以为各种形式的宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点(access point，AP)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved nodeB，或home node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、移动交换中心)等，也可以为基站的天线面板。控制节点可以连接多个基站，并为多个基站覆盖下的多个终端配置资源。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如，可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，还可以是5G中的gNB，或者该接入网设备30可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G之后的网络中的网络侧设备或未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等，本申请对接入网设备的具体名称不作限定。
需要说明的，本申请实施例提供的技术方案可适用于多种系统架构。本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
可选的，图3中的各设备(例如第一终端设备10、第二终端设备20、接入网设备30等)可以由一个设备实现，也可以由多个设备共同实现，还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是，上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。
例如，图3中的各设备均可以通过图4中的通信装置400来实现。图4所示为可适用于本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置400包括至少一个处理器401，通信线路402，存储器403以及至少一个通信接口404。
处理器401可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路402可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。
通信接口404，是任何收发器一类的装置(如天线等)，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，RAN，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。
存储器403可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在，通过通信线路402与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。
其中，存储器403用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器401来控制执行。处理器401用于执行存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。
可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
在一种可能的实施方式中，处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。
在一种可能的实施方式中，通信装置400可以包括多个处理器，例如图4中的处理器401和处理器407。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
在一种可能的实施方式中，通信装置400还可以包括输出设备405和输入设备406。输出设备405和处理器401通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备405可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display，LCD)，发光二级管(light emitting diode，LED)显示设备，阴极射线管(cathode ray tube，CRT)显示设备，或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备406和处理器401通信，可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如，输入设备406可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
上述的通信装置400可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中，通信装置400可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑(personal digital assistant，PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备或有图4中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信装置400的类型。
以下，结合附图说明本申请实施例。可选的，在本申请中，第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一RLC承载，第一RLC承载用于传输来自接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或第一RLC承载用于传输来自至少一个终端设备的数据。即第一RLC承载为第一终端设备和接入网设备通信时使用的Uu RLC承载。另外，第一RLC承载用于传输来自接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据，可以理解为以下一项或多项：第一RLC承载上的数据来自接入网设备的Uu RLC承载上至少一个终端设备对应的数据。同理，第一RLC承载用于传输来自至少一个终端设备的数据，可以理解为：第一RLC承载上的数据来自至少一个终端设备的不同PC5RLC承载上的数据。其中，第二终端设备为至少一个终端设备中的终端设备。需要说明的，当本申请中其他地方涉及到第一RLC承载时，后续不再进行解释说明。
首先结合图5A和图5B，说明在第一终端设备的仅配置一个PC5适配层实体，并且该PC5适配层实体为至少一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载共用的适配层实体情况下，如何正确递交下行数据。
参见图5A和图5B，图5A本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图，图5B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图5A和图5B所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
501.第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
相应的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收第一数据和第一指示信息。
可选的，第一指示信息用于指示传输第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。其中，在图5A和图5B中，第一指示信息用于指示传输第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，可以理解为：第一指示信息用于指示接收第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。
可选的，第一指示信息可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式1.1、第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
方式1.2、第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
其中，方式1.1和方式1.2中的无线承载可以包括DRB和/或SRB，在此不做限制。
可选的，在本申请中，侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息可以包括以下一项或多项：目的层2标识、源层2标识，在此不做限制。另外，侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息可以替换为：侧行链路上广播连接的标识信息、侧行链路上组播连接的标识信息等，在此不做限制。
可选的，针对方式1.2，第一指示信息还包括第二终端设备的标识，即在第一终端设备 的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体还可以将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
可选的，在图5A和图5B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为Uu适配层实体，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为PC5适配层实体。其中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为至少一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载共用的适配层实体。可以理解的，一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载可以为至少一个PC5RLC承载。
需要说明的，在图5A和图5B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，或同一适配层实体，在此不做限制。可以理解的，若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，本方案采用步骤501-步骤502实现；若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体，本方案采用步骤502实现。
可选的，图5A和图5B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第四数据。即，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从RLC层实体接收第四数据，该RLC层实体位于第一RLC承载中。其中，第四数据包括第一数据、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第四数据的包头中。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第四数据在步骤501之前执行；在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第四数据在步骤502之前执行。可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体时，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式2.1、第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第四数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第四数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第四数据做额外处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
方式2.2、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识不包含在第一数据的包头中，即第一数据为SDU。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第四数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，应理解，第一终端设备可以通过内部实现，将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识和第一数据进行关联，所以可以减少开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。
方式2.3、第一终端设备的第一适配层实体生成第五数据，第五数据包括第一数据和无线承载的标识；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第五数据和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，第二终端设备的标识则通过额外的指示递交给第二适配层实体。应理解，第一终端设备可以通过内部实现，将第二终端设备的标识和第一数据进行关联。其中，第五数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，无线承载的标识包含在第五数据的包头中。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体重新构造第五数据，因为无线承载的标识包含在第五数据的包头中，而第二终端设备的标识不包含在第五数据的包头中，所以节省了包头的开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。
可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实 体时，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式3.1、无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息不包含在第一数据的包头中，即第一数据为SDU。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第四数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，应理解，第一终端设备可以通过内部实现，将侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一数据进行关联，所以可以减少开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。
方式3.2、第一终端设备的第一适配层实体生成第五数据，第五数据包括第一数据和无线承载的标识；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第五数据和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第五数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，无线承载的标识包含在第五数据的包头中，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体重新构造第五数据，因为无线承载的标识包含在第五数据的包头中，而侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息不包含在第五数据的包头中，而通过额外的指示信息发送给第二适配层，所以节省了包头的开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。应理解，第一终端设备可以通过内部实现，将侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一数据进行关联。
可选的，针对方式3.1，若第一指示信息还包括第二终端设备的标识，那么，第二终端设备的标识可以不包含在第一数据的包头中；针对方式3.2，若第一指示信息还包括第二终端设备的标识，那么，第二终端设备的标识可以包含或不包含在第五数据的包头中，在此不做限定。
可选的，针对方式3.1和方式3.2，因为第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收的第四数据包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，所以第一终端设备的第一适配层实体可以根据第二终端设备的标识确定侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息。具体的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，从而实现了第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的转换。
其中，第二对应关系包括侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
502.第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
相应的，第二RLC承载从第一终端设备的第二适配层实体获取第一数据。
其中，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，可以理解为：第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的第一终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
需要说明的，在本申请中，RLC承载可以替换为RLC层实体。如，第一RLC承载可以替换为RLC层实体，第二RLC承载可以替换为RLC层实体，在此不做限制。
可选的，步骤502，可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，即在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适 配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载可以采用方式4.1实现。若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，即在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，该侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载可以采用方式4.2或4.3实现。若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，即在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，该侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载可以采用方式4.3实现。
方式4.1、图5A和图5B所示实施例还包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路；侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载；第二对应关系包括侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载。可以理解的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体需要根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路，从而可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，可以根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
方式4.2、第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载。可以理解的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。其中，上述第二终端设备的标识可以通过第一终端设备的内部实现，根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息进行确定。另一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体还会将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
方式4.3、第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载。可以理解的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以将数据递交给对应的侧行链路；进一步地，根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据， 提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第三对应关系包括无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，针对方式4.3中第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，可以理解为：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载。
其中，在图5A和图5B所示实施例中，至少一个RLC承载均为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的第一终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
可选的，针对方式4.1或方式4.2，图5A和图5B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息；第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识，或，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第二数据为PDU，第二指示信息包含在第二数据的包头中。可以理解的，针对方式2.1，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第二数据的包头中；针对方式2.2、方式2.3、方式3.1和方式3.2，无线承载的标识包含在第二数据的包头中。
可选的，针对方式4.3，图5A和图5B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第三数据；第三数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息；第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第三数据递交给第二RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第三数据为PDU，无线承载的标识包含在第三数据的包头中。
其中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第三数据递交给第二RLC承载，可以理解为：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将第三数据递交给至少一个RLC承载中的第二RLC承载。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二RLC承载，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图5A和图5B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中，第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第三对应关系为第一 终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息。
其中，第一配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一配置信息可以在接入网设备从第一终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第一终端设备，或，第一配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第一配置信息。
其中，在采用方式2.1-方式2.3中任意方式和方式4.1实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，即第一配置信息包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息。在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.2实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层和/或第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，即第一配置信息包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息。在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.3实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息；第三对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息。
可选的，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在第一信元中。其中，第一信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一信元可以为Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在采用方式2.1-方式2.3中任意方式和方式4.1实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第一子信元。在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.2实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第一子信元，可选的，第一信元还可以包括第二子信元。其中，第一子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识、第二RLC承载的标识，第一子信元用于指示第一对应关系。其中，第一子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一子信元可以为Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中的MappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第二子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、终端设备的标识，第二子信元用于指示第二对应关系。其中，第二子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二子信元可以为DST-MappingInfoList信元中的dst-mappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一子信元还可以包括第一RLC承载的标识，第一子信元还用于指示无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
示例性的，在第一信元包括第一子信元和第二子信元的情况下，第一信元可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000002
其中，Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中可以包括第一对应关系，接入网设备最多可配置maxNrofRemoteUEs组对应关系，maxNrofbearers为该第一终端设备最多可中继的终端设备对应的承载个数。DST-MappingInfoList信元中可以包括第二对应关系，接入网设备最多可配置maxNrofRemoteUEs组对应关系，maxNrofRemoteUEs为第一终端设备可连接的终端设备个数。可以理解的，DRB-ID为无线承载的标识，Remote-UE-ID为第二终端设备的标识，PC5-RLC-bearer-id为第二RLC承载的标识，Uu-RLC-bearer-id为第一RLC承载的标识，DestinationIndex为侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息。
可选的，在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.3实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第二子信元和第三子信元。其中，第三子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：无线承载的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、第二RLC承载的标识，第三子信元用于指示第三对应关系。其中，第三子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第三子信元可以为Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中的MappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息包含在第二信元中，第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在第三信元中。其中，第二信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二信元可以为Uu-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第三信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第三信元可以为PC5-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在采用方式2.1-方式2.3中任意方式和方式4.1实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第三信元包括第一子信元和第二子信元。
可选的，在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.2实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第二信元可以包括第二子信元，第三信元可以包括第一子信元。可选的，第三信元还可以包括第二子信元。
可选的，在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式和方式4.3实现图5A和图5B所示实施例时，第二信元可以包括第二子信元，第三信元可以包括第三子信元。
示例性的，第二信元可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000003
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图6A和图6B，说明在第一终端设备的PC5适配层实体仅配置一个PC5适配层实体，并且该为至少一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载共用的适配层实体情况下，如何正确递交上行数据。
参见图6A和图6B，图6A本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图，图6B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图6A和图6B所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
601.第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
相应的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收第一数据和第一指示信息。
可选的，第一指示信息用于指示传输第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。其中， 在图6A和图6B中，第一指示信息用于指示传输第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，可以理解为：第一指示信息用于指示发送第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。
可选的，第一指示信息可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式1.1、第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
方式1.2、第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确将第一数据递交给正确的RLC承载。
其中，方式1.1和方式1.2中的无线承载可以包括DRB和/或SRB，在此不做限制。
其中，关于方式1.2中的侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，可以参考图5A和图5B相关描述，在此不加赘述。
可选的，在图6A和图6B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为PC5适配层实体，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为Uu适配层实体。其中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为至少一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载共用的适配层实体。可以理解的，一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载可以为至少一个PC5RLC承载。
需要说明的，在图6A和图6B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，或同一适配层实体，在此不做限制。可以理解的，若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，本方案采用步骤601-步骤602实现；若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体，本方案采用步骤602实现。
可选的，图6A和图6B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据；第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据，即无线承载的标识包含在第三数据的包头中；或，第三数据包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一数据，即无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第三数据的包头中。如，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体RLC层实体接收第三数据，该RLC层实体位于第二RLC承载中。其中，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，即第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的第一终端设备的PC5RLC承载。可以理解的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤601之前执行；在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤602之前执行。
可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体时，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式2.1、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体生成第四数据，第四数据包括第一数据、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第四数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第四数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第四数据的 包头中，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体重新构造第三数据。
方式2.2、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识不包含在第一数据的包头中，第一数据为SDU。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第三数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，所以可以减少开销，提高了上行数据递交效率。
方式2.3、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第三数据和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第三数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据进行处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
方式2.4、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第三数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第三数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据进行处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体时，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式3.1、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息不包含在第一数据的包头中，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第三数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所以可以减少开销，提高了上行数据递交效率。
方式3.2、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第三数据和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第四数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据进行处理，并额外指示无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
可选的，针对方式2.1-方式2.3，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体需要确定第二终端设备的标识。具体的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。该侧行链路为传输第一数据的侧行链路。其中，该侧行链路为传输第一数据的侧行链路。第一对应关系包括侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
602.第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载。
相应的，第一RLC承载从第一终端设备的第二适配层实体获取第一数据。
可选的，步骤602，可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第二对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，若第一指示信息包括无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，即在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，图6A和图6B所示实施例还包括：第一终端设备 的第二适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系可以在第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载之前执行。
可选的，图6A和图6B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息；第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第一RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。其中，第二数据为PDU，第二指示信息包含在第二数据的包头中。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第一RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图6A和图6B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中，第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息。
其中，第一配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一配置信息可以在接入网设备从第一终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第一终端设备，或，第一配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第一配置信息。
其中，在采用方式2.1和方式2.3实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息，即第一配置信息包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息；在采用方式2.4中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息，即第一配置信息包括第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息；在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第一对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息，即第一配置信息包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息。
可选的，第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息可以包含在第一信元中。其中，第一信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信 元，在此不做限制。例如，第一信元可以为Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在采用方式2.1和方式2.3实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第一子信元和第二子信元。其中，第一子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、终端设备的标识，第一子信元用于指示第一对应关系。其中，第一子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一子信元可以为DST-MappingInfoList中的dst-mappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第二子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识、第一RLC承载的标识，第二子信元用于指示第二对应关系。其中，第二子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二子信元可以为Bearer-MappingInfoList中的MappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在采用方式2.4中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第二子信元。
可选的，在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第一信元可以包括第一子信元和第二子信元。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第二子信元还可以包括第二RLC承载的标识，第二子信元还用于指示无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，在第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息包含在第二信元中，第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在第三信元中。其中，第二信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二信元可以为Uu-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第三信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第三信元可以为PC5-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在采用方式2.1和方式2.3实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第二信元可以包括第二子信元，第三信元可以包括第一子信元。
可选的，在采用方式2.4中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第二信元可以包括第一子信元。
可选的，在采用方式3.1-方式3.2中任意方式实现图6A和图6B所示实施例时，第二信元可以包括第一子信元和第二子信元。
需要说明的，在本申请中，在下行数据传输的方案采用图5A和图5B所示实施例，以及上行数据传输的方案采用图6A和图6B所示实施例的情况下，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收的配置信息包括了图5A和图5B所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息以及图6A和图6B所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息，即接入网设备可以将下行数据传输涉及的配置信息以及上行数据传输涉及的配置信息同时下发给第一终端设备。可以理解的，在这种情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。其中，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，图5A和图5B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，以及，图6A和图6B 所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息均包含在同一信元。在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，图5A和图5B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息，以及，图6A和图6B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息均包含在同一信元；图5A和图5B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，以及，图6A和图6B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息均包含在同一信元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图7A和图7B，说明在第一终端设备配置多个PC5适配层实体，并且该多个PC5适配层实体中的一个PC5适配层实体为一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体情况下，如何正确递交下行数据。
参见图7A和图7B，图7A本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图，图7B为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图7A和图7B所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
701.第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
相应的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收第一数据和第二指示信息。
可选的，第一指示信息用于指示传输第一数据的第二终端设备，第一指示信息为第二终端设备的标识。
可选的，第二指示信息用于指示无线承载，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识。其中，无线承载可以包括DRB和/或SRB，在此不做限制。
可选的，在图7A和图7B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为Uu适配层实体，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为PC5适配层实体。其中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体。可以理解的，一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载可以为至少一个PC5RLC承载。
需要说明的，在图7A和图7B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，或同一适配层实体，在此不做限制。可以理解的，若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，本方案采用步骤701-步骤702实现；若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体，本方案采用步骤702实现。
可选的，步骤701，可以包括：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系从多个适配层实体中，确定第一终端设备的第二适配层实体；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第一适配层实体正确递交下行数据。
其中，多个适配层实体可以为多个终端设备中每个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体，即，每个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的一个PC5适配层实体。
可选的，第一对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
第二终端设备的标识和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识之间的对应关系；
第二终端设备的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息之间的对应关系，侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路；其中，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与侧行链路对应，或，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体与所述第二终端设备。
其中，侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，可以参考图5A和图5B相关描述，在此不加赘述。
可选的，图7A和图7B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第三数据，第三数据包括第一数据、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第三数据的包头中。如，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从RLC层实体接收第三数据，该RLC层实体包含在第一RLC承载中。其中，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤701之前执行；在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第一RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤702之前执行。
可选的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式1.1、第一终端设备的第一适配层实体生成第四数据，第四数据包括第一数据和无线承载的标识；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第四数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第四数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，无线承载的标识包含在第四数据的包头中，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体重新构造第四数据，使得第二终端设备的标识未包含在第四数据中，所以节省了包头的开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。
方式1.2、第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第三数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第三数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据做额外处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
方式1.3、无线承载的标识不包含在第一数据的包头中，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第三数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识，所以可以减少开销，提高了下行数据递交效率。
702.第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第二指示信息将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
相应的，第二RLC承载从第一终端设备的第二适配层实体获取第一数据。
其中，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，可以理解为：第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的第一终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
可选的，步骤702，可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。可以理解的，针对方式1.1和方式1.3，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收无线承载的标识后，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载。
其中，第二对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，第二指示信息还包括第二终端设备的标识，第二指示信息还用于指示接收第一数据的第二终端设备，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。可以理解的，针对方式1.2，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识后，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载。
可选的，图7A和图7B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据和第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括无线承载的标识，或，第三指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第二RLC承载，从而可以使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。其中，第二数据为PDU，第三指示信息包含在第二数据的包头中。
其中，针对方式1.1和方式1.3，无线承载的标识包含在第二数据的包头中；针对方式1.2，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第二数据的包头中。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据和第二指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图7A和图7B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中，第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息。
其中，第一配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一配置信息可以在接入网设备从第一终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第一终端设备，或，第一配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第一配置信息。
可选的，第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，即，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在第一信元中。其中，第一信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一信元可以为Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，第一信元可以包括第一子信元和第二子信元。其中，第一子信元可以包括以下 一项或多项：侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、第二终端设备的标识、第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识，第一子信元用于指示第一对应关系。第一子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一子信元可以为DST-MappingInfoList信元中的dst-mappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第二子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识、第二RLC承载的标识，第二子信元用于指示第二对应关系。其中，第二子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二子信元可以为Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中的MappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第二子信元还可以包括第一RLC承载的标识，第二子信元还用于指示无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
其中，在第一子信元包括以下一项或多项：侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、终端设备的标识的情况下，第一信元的具体示例可以参考图5A和图5B中的第一信元，在此不加赘述。在第一子信元包括以下一项或多项：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识、终端设备的标识的情况下，第一信元可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000004
其中，Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中可以包括第二对应关系，接入网设备最多可配置maxNrofRemoteUEs组对应关系，maxNrofbearers为该第一终端设备最多可中继的终端设备对应的承载个数。DST-MappingInfoList信元中可以包括第一对应关系，接入网设备最多可配置maxNrofRemoteUEs组对应关系，maxNrofRemoteUEs为第一终端设备可连接的终端设备个数。可以理解的，DRB-ID为无线承载的标识，Remote-UE-ID为第二终端设备的标识，PC5-RLC-bearer-id为第二RLC承载的标识，Uu-RLC-bearer-id为第一RLC承载的标识，PC5-Adapt-ID为第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息包含在第二信元中，第一 终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在第三信元中。其中，第二信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二信元可以为Uu-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第三信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第三信元可以为PC5-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，第二信元可以包括第一子信元。可以理解的，针对下行数据传输，接入网设备可以在第二信元中配置第一对应关系。
可选的，第三信元可以包括第二子信元。可以理解的，针对下行数据传输，接入网设备可以在第三信元中配置第二对应关系。
示例性的，在第一子信元包括以下一项或多项：侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息、终端设备的标识的情况下，第二信元可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000005
又示例性的，在第一子信元包括以下一项或多项：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识、终端设备的标识的情况下，第二信元可以为：
Figure PCTCN2022122158-appb-000006
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一 终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图8A和图8B，说明在第一终端设备配置多个PC5适配层实体，并且该多个PC5适配层实体中的一个PC5适配层实体为一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体情况下，如何正确递交上行数据。
801.第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。
相应的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体从第一终端设备的第一适配层实体接收第一数据和第一指示信息。
可选的，第一指示信息用于指示无线承载，无线承载可以包括DRB和/或SRB，在此不做限制。
可选的，在图8A和图8B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为PC5适配层实体，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为Uu适配层实体。其中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体为一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体。可以理解的，一个终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载可以为至少一个PC5RLC承载。
需要说明的，在图8A和图8B中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，或同一适配层实体，在此不做限制。可以理解的，若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体，本方案采用步骤801-步骤802实现；若第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体，本方案采用步骤802实现。
可选的，图8A和图8B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据，第三数据包括无线承载的标识，即无线承载的标识包含在第三数据的包头中，或，第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，即无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第三数据的包头中。如，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载包括的RLC层实体接收第三数据。其中，第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，即第二RLC承载为第一终端设备与第二终端设备通信时使用的第一终端设备的PC5RLC承载。可以理解的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为两个独立的适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤801之前执行；在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体和第一终端设备的第二适配层实体为同一适配层实体的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体从第二RLC承载接收第三数据在步骤802之前执行。
可选的，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，可以采用以下任意方式实现，在此不做限制。
方式1.1、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体生成第四数据，第四数据包括第一数据、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识；第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第四数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第四数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第四数据的包头中，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体重新构造第三数据。
方式1.2、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一 适配层实体将第三数据和第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第三数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据进行处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
方式1.3、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识和第一数据的情况下，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识不包含在第一数据的包头中，第一数据为SDU。即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体去除第三数据的包头，并额外指示无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，所以可以减少开销，提高了上行数据递交效率。
方式1.4、在第三数据包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一数据的情况下，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第三数据递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体。其中，第三数据为PDU，第一数据为SDU，即第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未对第三数据进行处理，所以避免了第一终端设备的第一适配层实体改变包头的结构。
可选的，针对方式1.2和方式1.3，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体还可以将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，因此，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息和第二对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了第二指示信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。
可选的，第二指示信息包括以下一项或多项：第一适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
可选的，第二对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
其中，关于侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，可以参考图5A和图5B中相关描述，在此不加赘述。
802.第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第一指示信息将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载。
相应的，第一RLC承载从第一终端设备的第二适配层实体获取第一数据。
可选的，步骤802，可以包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，从而使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，针对方式1.2-方式1.3，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，图8A和图8B所示实施例还包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第三指示信息和第三对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识，从而实现了第三指示信息和第二终端设备的标识的转换。可以理解的，第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据第三指示信息和第三对应关系，确定第二终端设备的标识可以在第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载之前执行。
其中，第三指示信息包括以下一项或多项：第二适配层实体的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，侧行链路为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，侧行链路与第一适配层实体对应。
可选的，第三对应关系包括以下一项或多项：
第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，图8A和图8B所示实施例还包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据、无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，或，第二数据包括第一数据和无线承载的标识；第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第一数据递交给第一RLC承载，包括：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第一RLC承载，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以正确递交数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。其中，第二数据为PDU，针对方式1.4，无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识包含在第二数据的包头中；针对方式1.1-方式1.3，无线承载的标识包含在第二数据的包头中。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，使得第一终端设备的第二适配层实体可以根据第一指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第一RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图8A和图8B所示实施例还可以包括：第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第二配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第二配置信息。第二配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系。第二配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息；第三对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息。
其中，第二配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第二配置信息可以在接入网设备从第一终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第一终端设备，或，第二配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第二配置信息。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第二配置信息包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系，第二配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第二对应关系为第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息。在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第二配置信息包括第一对应关系和第三对应关系，第二配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：第一对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；第三对应关系为第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息。
可选的，第一终端设备的第一适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，即，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在第一信元中。其中，第一信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第一信元可以为Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一信元可以包括第一子信元和第二子信元。其中，第一子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识、第一RLC承载的标识，第一子信元用于指示第一对应关系。其中，第一子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元， 在此不做限制。例如，第一子信元可以为Bearer-MappingInfoList信元中的MappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第二子信元可以包括一下一项或多项：第一终端设备的第一适配层实体的标识、第二终端设备的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，第二子信元用于指示第二对应关系。第二子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二子信元可以为DST-MappingInfoList信元中的dst-mappingInfo信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第一信元可以包括第一子信元和第三子信元。其中，第三子信元可以包括以下一项或多项：第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的标识、第二终端设备的标识、侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，第三子信元用于指示第三对应关系。第三子信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。第二子信元可以与第三子信元为同一信元或不同信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，第一子信元还可以包括第二RLC承载的标识，第一子信元还用于指示无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
可选的，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息可以包含在第二信元，第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在第三信元中。其中，第二信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第二信元可以为Uu-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。第三信元可以为预定义的信元，或固定的信元，在此不做限制。例如，第三信元可以为PC5-Adapt-Config信元，或相似定义或功能的信元，或扩展字段的信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第二信元可以包括第二子信元，第三信元可以包括第一子信元。
可选的，在第一终端设备的第一适配层实体未将第二终端设备的标识递交给第一终端设备的第二适配层实体的情况下，第三信元可以包括第一子信元和第三子信元。
需要说明的，在本申请中，在下行数据传输的方案采用图7A和图7B所示实施例，以及上行数据传输的方案采用图8A和图8B所示实施例的情况下，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收的配置信息包括了图7A和图7B所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息以及图8A和图8B所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息，即接入网设备可以将下行数据传输涉及的配置信息以及上行数据传输涉及的配置信息同时下发给第一终端设备。可以理解的，在这种情况下，第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息可以包含在同一信元或不同信元中，在此不做限制。其中，在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在同一信元的情况下，图7A和图7B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，以及，图8A和图8B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息均包含在同一信元。在第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息和第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息包含在不同信元的情况下，图7A和图7B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息，以及，图8A和图8B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的Uu适配层的配置信息均包含在同一信元；图7A和图7B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息，以及，图8A和图8B所示实施例涉及的第一终端设备的PC5适配层的配置信息均包含 在同一信元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第二配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第二配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图9，从第二终端设备侧说明如何正确递交下行数据。
参见图9，图9本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图9所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
901.第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，第二数据包括第二指示信息。
相应的，第二终端设备的RLC承载向第二终端设备的适配层实体递交第二数据。
可选的，第二终端设备的适配层实体可以从至少一个RLC承载接收数据和/或从至少一个PDCP层实体接收数据，在此不做限制。可以理解的，步骤901中第二终端设备的RLC承载可以为至少一个RLC承载中的一个RLC承载。其中，第二终端设备的RLC承载为第二终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
可选的，第二指示信息用于指示接收第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。第二指示信息为无线承载的标识，或，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。
可选的，步骤901，可以替换为：第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的RLC层实体接收第二数据，相应的，第二终端设备的RLC层实体向第二终端设备的适配层实体递交第二数据。
902.第二终端设备的适配层实体根据第二指示信息将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体。
相应的，第二终端设备的PDCP层实体从第二终端设备的适配层实体接收第二数据。
可选的，若第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识，步骤902，可以包括：第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。即，在第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识的情况下，或，在第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识的情况下，第二终端设备的适配层实体可以根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图9所示实施例还可以包括：第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第二终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中，第一配置信息包括以下一项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；第一配置信息用于指示第一对应关系和/或第二对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息。可以理解的，在第二指示信息为无线承载的标识的情况下，第一配置信息包括第一对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第一对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息；在第二指示信息为无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识的情况下，第一 配置信息包括第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第二对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息。
其中，第一配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一配置信息可以在接入网设备从第二终端设备或第三终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第二终端设备，或，第一配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第一配置信息。
可选的，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，可以包括：第二终端设备从第一终端设备接收第一配置信息，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图10，从第二终端设备侧说明如何正确递交上行数据。
参见图10，图10本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图10所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1001.第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，第一数据为第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的PDCP层实体接收的数据。
可选的，第二指示信息用于指示无线承载，或，第二指示信息用于指示接收第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载。可以理解的，在第二指示信息用于指示无线承载的情况下，第二指示信息为无线承载的标识。在第二指示信息用于指示接收第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载的情况下，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。第二终端设备的标识可以为第二终端设备从接入网设备接收的。
示例性的，在一种可能的实施方式中，在第二终端设备建立RRC连接之前，第一终端设备通过RRC消息，例如(SidelinkUEInformationNR，SUI)消息，向接入网设备请求分配第二终端设备的标识。接入网分配之后，通过RRC消息向第一终端设备下发分配的第二终端设备的标识，第一终端设备再通过SL将第二终端设备的标识告知第二终端设备。第二终端设备的标识可以通过sidelink RRC消息或者PC5信令或者MAC CE消息等方式发送给第二终端设备。在又一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备可以接收到第二终端设备发送的RRC建立请求(RRCsetupRequest)消息，即第二终端设备发起RRC连接建立之后，将第二终端设备的标识承载在回复的RRC建立(RRCSetup)消息中。
1002.第二终端设备的适配层实体根据第二指示信息将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载。
相应的，第二终端设备的RLC承载从第二终端设备的适配层实体获取第二数据。
可选的，第二终端设备的适配层实体可以从至少一个RLC承载接收数据和/或从至少一个PDCP层实体接收数据，在此不做限制。可以理解的，步骤1002中第二终端设备的RLC承载可以为至少一个RLC承载中的一个RLC承载。其中，第二终端设备的RLC承载为第二终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
可选的，若第二指示信息为无线承载的标识，步骤1002，可以包括：第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交上行数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应 关系。
可选的，若第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，步骤1002，可以包括：第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交上行数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据，第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，使得第二终端设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第二数据正确递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，图10所示实施例还可以包括：第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，相应的，接入网设备向第二终端设备发送第一配置信息。其中，第一配置信息包括以下一项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第一对应关系或第二对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息。可以理解的，在第二指示信息为无线承载的标识的情况下，第一配置信息包括第一对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第一对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息；在第二指示信息为无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识的情况下，第一配置信息包括第二对应关系，第一配置信息用于指示第二对应关系为第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息。
其中，第一配置信息可以包含在RRC信令或其他信令中，在此不做限制。可以理解的，第一配置信息可以在接入网设备从第二终端设备或第三终端设备接收配置信息请求消息时由接入网设备发送给第二终端设备，或，第一配置信息可以由接入网设备自发发送给第一终端设备，在此不做限制。配置信息请求消息可以用于指示接入网设备发送第一配置信息。
可选的，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，可以包括：第二终端设备从第一终端设备接收第一配置信息，第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息。
需要说明的，在本申请中，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收的配置信息包括了图9所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息以及图10所示实施例涉及的第一配置信息，即接入网设备可以将下行数据传输涉及的配置信息以及上行数据传输涉及的配置信息同时下发给第二终端设备。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，使得第一终端设备可以根据第一配置信息在不同协议层实体之间正确递交数据，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图11，从接入网设备侧说明如何正确递交下行数据。
参见图11，图11本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图11所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1101.接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，第一数据为接入网设备的适配层实体从接入网设备的PDCP层实体接收的数据。
可选的，第二指示信息用于指示接收第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。
其中，接入网设备的PDCP层实体用于传输第二终端设备对应的数据。
1102.接入网设备的适配层实体根据第二指示信息将第二数据递交给接入网设备的RLC承载。
相应的，接入网设备的RLC承载从接入网设备的适配层实体获取第二数据。
其中，接入网设备的RLC承载为接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，即接入网设备的RLC承载为接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的Uu RLC承载。
可选的，接入网设备的适配层实体可以从至少一个RLC承载接收数据和/或从至少一个PDCP层实体接收数据，在此不做限制。可以理解的，步骤1102中接入网设备的RLC承载可以为至少一个RLC承载中的一个RLC承载。
可选的，步骤1102，可以包括：接入网设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给接入网设备的RLC承载，使得接入网终端设备的适配层实体可以正确递交下行数据，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和接入网设备的RLC承载之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据，第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第二数据正确递交给接入网设备的RLC承载，提高了下行数据传输的可靠性。
以下，结合图12，从接入网设备侧说明如何正确递交上行数据。
参见图12，图12本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图12所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1201.接入网设备的适配层实体从接入网设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，第二数据包括第二指示信息。
相应的，接入网设备的RLC承载向接入网设备的适配层实体递交第二数据。
其中，接入网设备的RLC承载为接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载，即接入网设备的RLC承载为接入网设备和第一终端设备通信时使用的Uu RLC承载。
可选的，第二指示信息用于指示接收第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识。
1202.接入网设备的适配层实体根据第二指示信息将第二数据递交给接入网设备的PDCP层实体。
相应的，接入网设备的PDCP层实体从接入网设备的适配层实体接收第二数据。
其中，接入网设备的PDCP层实体用于传输第二终端设备对应的数据。
可选的，步骤1202，可以包括：接入网设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给接入网设备的PDCP层实体，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以正确递交上行数据，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
其中，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和接入网设备的PDCP层实体之间的对应关系。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体从接入网设备的RLC承载接收第二数据，使得接入网设备的适配层实体可以根据第二指示信息将第一数据正确递交给接入网设备的PDCP层实体，提高了上行数据传输的可靠性。
以下结合图13A和图13B，示例性说明从接入网设备通过第一终端设备传输下行数据至第二终端设备的流程以及从第二终端设备通过第一终端设备传输上行数据至接入网设备的流程。可以理解的，在图13A中，第一终端设备的仅配置一个PC5适配层实体，并且该PC5适配层实体为至少一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载共用的适配层实体；在图13B中，在 第一终端设备配置多个PC5适配层实体，并且该多个PC5适配层实体中的一个PC5适配层实体为一个远端终端设备对应的PC5RLC承载使用的适配层实体。
如图13A和图13B所示，针对下行数据传输方案中，接入网设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备对应的高层协议层实体接收第一数据，即接入网设备的适配层实体从接入网设备的PDCP层实体接收第一数据，接入网设备的PDCP层实体用于传输第二终端设备对应的数据；接着，接入网设备的适配层实体所执行的动作可以参考图11步骤1101-步骤1102；然后，第一终端设备通过第一RLC承载从接入网设备接收第二数据；再接着，针对于图13A，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图5A步骤501-步骤502，针对于图13B，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图7A步骤701-步骤702，在此不加赘述；进一步的，第二终端设备通过第二终端设备的RLC承载从第一终端设备接收第二数据；然后，在第二终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图9步骤901-步骤902。可以理解的，在第二终端设备通过第二终端设备的RLC承载从第一终端设备接收的第二数据包括无线承载的标识时，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系；在第二终端设备通过第二终端设备的RLC承载从第一终端设备接收的第二数据包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识时，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，第二对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系。
如图13A和图13B所示，针对上行数据传输方案中，第二终端设备的适配层实体从第二终端设备的PDCP层实体接收第一数据；接着，第二终端设备的适配层实体所执行的动作可以参考图10步骤1001-步骤1002；然后，第一终端设备通过第二RLC承载从第二终端设备接收第二数据；再接着，针对于图13A，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图6A步骤601-步骤602，针对于图13B，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图8A步骤801-步骤802，在此不加赘述；进一步的，接入网设备通过接入网设备的RLC承载从第一终端设备接收第二数据；然后，在接入网设备所执行的动作可以参考图12步骤1201-步骤1202。可以理解的，在第二终端设备的适配层实体生成的第二数据包括无线承载的标识时，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，第一对应关系包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；在第二终端设备的适配层实体生成的第二数据包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识时，第二终端设备的适配层实体根据无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将第二数据递交给第二终端设备的RLC承载，第二对应关系包括无线承载的标识、第二终端设备的标识和第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
需要说明的，在本申请中，针对下行数据传输方案，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图5A步骤501-步骤502情况下，其上行数据传输方案，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图6A步骤601-步骤602；针对下行数据传输方案，在第一终端设备所执行的动作参考图7A步骤701-步骤702，其上行数据传输方案，在第一终端设备所执行的动作可以参考图8A步骤801-步骤802。
另外，从接入网设备通过第一终端设备传输下行数据至其他终端设备的流程可以参考从接入网设备通过第一终端设备传输下行数据至第二终端设备的流程；从其他终端设备通过第一终端设备传输上行数据至接入网设备的流程可以参考从第二终端设备通过第一终端设备传输上行数据至接入网设备的流程，在此不加赘述。
另外，本方案还可能涉及到第二终端设备承载和第一终端设备承载的区分。其中，在Uu link上，第一终端设备的无线承载指第一终端设备和接入网设备之间进行通信的无线承载，承载了接入网设备和第一终端设备之间交互的数据。在sidelink上，第一终端设备的无线承载指第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间进行通信的无线承载，承载了第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间直接通过sidelink进行交互的数据。
如前所述，适配层的主要功能是将不同无线承载上的数据复用到一个RLC承载上，上述实施例仅考虑了不同终端设备的无线承载在RLC承载上进行复用的情形。此外，适配层还可能将第二终端设备的无线承载和第一终端设备的无线承载复用到一个RLC承载上，此时适配层在路由过程中，需要对两者进行区分。
一种可能的实现方式是接入网设备为第一终端设备也分配一个用于指示的第二终端设备的标识，并告知第一终端设备。当第一终端设备的无线承载数据和第二终端设备的无线承载数据复用在一个Uu RLC承载上时，适配层在第一终端设备的无线承载数据的适配层PDU头上携带该分配的第二终端设备的标识。可选择地，该第二终端设备的标识可以由协议直接给定。另一种可能的实现方式是在适配层PDU头上引入指示信息，用于指示该数据为第二终端设备的数据还是第一终端设备的数据。例如，可以是1bit的指示信息，0表示该数据为第二终端设备的数据，1表示该数据为第一终端设备的数据。
基于上述方式，在上行传输过程中，第一终端设备的适配层在适配层PDU头上添加第二终端设备的标识或者指示信息，并发送给接入网设备，接入网设备接收到数据后，根据适配层PDU上携带的第二终端设备的标识或者指示信息，将数据递交给第二终端设备的上层实体或者第一终端设备的上层实体。在下行传输方向上，接入网设备的适配层在适配层PDU头上添加第二终端设备的标识或者指示信息，当第一终端设备接收到数据后，根据适配层PDU头上的第二终端设备的标识或指示信息，将第一终端设备自己的数据递交至第一终端设备的上层或者将第二终端设备数据对应第二终端设备的PC5RLC承载。
当第一终端设备的数据和第二终端设备的数据复用在一个PC5RLC承载上时，若第二终端设备在上行数据传输中会在适配层头上携带第二终端设备的标识，则可以用上述方式进行数据的区分；若第二终端设备不感知第二终端设备的标识，则可以用携带指示信息的方式。
为了区分第一终端设备的数据和第二终端设备的数据，还有一种可能的方式是限定第一终端设备的数据和第二终端设备的数据不能复用于一个RLC承载，此时UE根据接入网设备的配置即可知道不同RLC承载上的数据是属于第二终端设备还是第一终端设备。
其次，本方案还可能涉及到SRB和DRB的区分。可以理解的，上述实施例中第二终端设备的无线承载包括DRB和SRB两种。在现有技术中，一个终端设备和接入网设备之间的承载最多可以包含SRB1～SRB3，以及32个DRB，因此，接入网设备用2bit来标识SRB1～3，分别对应标识1～3，用5bit来标识DRB1～DRB32，分别对应标识1～32。基于现有的无线承载的标识(RB ID)，若SRB和DRB在RLC承载中进行复用，适配层将没有办法区分标识同为1～3的SRB数据和DRB数据。
一种可能的实现方式是适配层头上添加1bit的指示信息来指示承载类型，例如指示信息为0时对应于SRB数据，指示信息为1时对应于DRB数据。根据指示信息以及RB ID，适配层即可唯一确定该数据属于哪个无线承载，其中RB ID为5bit的二进制形式，例如适配层PDU头上若包含指示信息“0”以及RB ID 2的信息，即代表该适配层PDU包含SRB2的数据。
另一种可能的实现方式是接入网设备将SRB ID和DRB ID进行重新映射，使两者的编号不重复，并将重映射之后的ID信息告知第一终端设备和第二终端设备，用于适配层头上RB ID信息的添加和识别。例如，接入网设备将SRB1～3的标识配置为1～3，将DRB1～32的标识配置为4～35，并将SRB/DRB和标识之间的对应关系告知第一终端设备和第二终端设备。重映射之后，RB ID最大可以是35，因此适配层PDU头上需要预留6bit的空间来携带RB ID信息。
另一种可能的方式中，上述重新映射关系可以由协议直接给定，即规定SRB1～3的RB ID对应于1～3，DRB1～32的RB ID对应于4～35；或者，
还有一种可能的实现方式是限定SRB数据和DRB数据不能复用于一个RLC承载，此时，第一终端设备和第二终端设备根据接入网设备的配置即可知道不同RLC承载上的数据是SRB数据还是DRB数据。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，上述实现各网元为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一终端设备、第二终端设备、接入网设备等进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中，上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，参见图14，图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置1400可应用于上述图5A-图12所示的方法中，如图14所示，该通信装置1400包括：处理模块1401和收发模块1402。处理模块1401可以是一个或多个处理器，收发模块1402可以是收发器或者通信接口。该通信装置可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及第一终端设备、第二终端设备、接入网设备，或用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及网元的功能。该网元或者网络功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的，该通信装置1400还可以包括存储模块1403，用于存储通信装置1400的程序代码和数据。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为第一终端设备或为应用于第一终端设备中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由第一终端设备执行的步骤。收发模块1402用于支持与第二终端设备或接入网设备等之间的通信，收发模块1402还用于第一终端设备中不同协议层实体之间的通信，如收发模块1402用于通过图5A-图8B中第一终端设备的第一适配层实体执行的发送和/或接收的动作，具体的，收发模块1402用于通过第一终端设备的第一适配层实体执行步骤501、步骤601、步骤701、步骤801中的一个或多个步骤，和/或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。另外，收发模块1402用于通过图5A-图8B中第一终端设备的第二适配层实体执行的发送和/或接收的动作，例如收发模块1402用于通过第一终端设备的第二适配层实体执行步骤502、步骤602、步骤702、步骤802中的一个或多个步骤，和/或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1401可用于支持通信装置1400执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作， 例如，处理模块1401用于通过第一终端设备的第一适配层实体或第一终端设备的第二适配层实体执行本文所描述的处理动作。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为第二终端设备或为应用于第二终端设备中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由第二终端设备执行的步骤。收发模块1402用于支持与第一终端设备或接入网设备等之间的通信，收发模块1402还用于第二终端设备中不同协议层实体之间的通信，如收发模块1402用于通过图9-图10中第二终端设备的适配层实体执行的发送和/或接收的动作，具体的，收发模块1402用于通过第二终端设备的适配层实体执行步骤901、步骤902、步骤1002中的一个或多个步骤，和/或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1401可用于支持通信装置1400执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，处理模块1401用于通过第二终端设备的适配层实体执行图10中步骤1001。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为接入网设备或为应用于接入网设备中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由接入网设备执行的步骤。收发模块1402用于支持与第一终端设备等之间的通信，收发模块1402还用于接入网设备中不同协议层实体之间的通信，如收发模块1402用于通过图11-图12中接入网设备的适配层实体执行的发送和/或接收的动作，例如支持接入网设备的适配层实体执行步骤1102、步骤1201、步骤1202中的一个或多个步骤，和/或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1401可用于支持通信装置1400执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，处理模块1401用于通过接入网设备的适配层实体执行图11中步骤1101。
在一种可能的实施方式中，当第一终端设备或第二终端设备或接入网设备为芯片时，收发模块1402可以是接口、管脚或电路等。接口可用于输入待处理的数据至处理器，并可以向外输出处理器的处理结果。具体实现中，接口可以是通用输入输出(general purpose input output，GPIO)接口，可以和多个外围设备(如显示器(LCD)、摄像头(camara)、射频(radio frequency，RF)模块、天线等等)连接。接口通过总线与处理器相连。
处理模块1401可以是处理器，该处理器可以执行存储模块存储的计算机执行指令，以使该芯片执行图5A至图12实施例涉及的方法。
进一步的，处理器可以包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。示例性的，控制器主要负责指令译码，并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责执行定点或浮点算数运算操作、移位操作以及逻辑操作等，也可以执行地址运算和转换。寄存器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中，处理器的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits，ASIC)架构、无互锁管道阶段架构的微处理器(microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture，MIPS)架构、进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines，ARM)架构或者网络处理器(network processor，NP)架构等等。处理器可以是单核的，也可以是多核的。
该存储模块可以为该芯片内的存储模块，如寄存器、缓存等。存储模块也可以是位于芯片外部的存储模块，如只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)等。
需要说明的，处理器、接口各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现，也可以通过软件设计来实现，还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现，这里不作限制。
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图15中，终端设备以手机作为例子，可以理解的，图15涉及的终端设备可以为第一终端设备或第二终端设备，在此不做限制。如图15所示，终端设备包括至少一个处理器，还可以包括射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。其中，处理器可用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，还可以用于对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。该终端设备还可以包括存储器，存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，这些涉及的程序可以在该通信装置出厂时即装载再存储器中，也可以在后期需要的时候再装载入存储器。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号，且天线为本申请实施例提供的天线。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。
当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图15中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的接收单元和发送单元(也可以统称为收发单元)，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图15所示，终端设备包括接收模块31、处理模块32和发送模块33。接收模块31也可以称为接收器、接收机、接收电路等，发送模块33也可以称为发送器、发射器、发射机、发射电路等。处理模块32也可以称为处理器、处理单板、处理装置等。
例如，处理模块32用于执行图5A-图8A所示任一实施例中第一终端设备的功能。
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种简化的接入网设备的结构示意图。接入网设备包括射频信号收发及转换部分以及42部分，该射频信号收发及转换部分又包括接收模块41部分和发送模块43部分(也可以统称为收发模块)。射频信号收发及转换部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换；42部分主要用于基带处理，对接入网设备进行控制等。接收模块41也可以称为接收器、接收机、接收电路等，发送模块43也可以称为发送器、发射器、发射机、发射电路等。42部分通常是接入网设备的控制中心，通常可以称为处理模块，用于控制接入网设备执行上述图11-图12中关于接入网设备所执行的步骤。具体可参见上述相关部分的描述。
42部分可以包括一个或多个单板，每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器，处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对接入网设备的控制。若存在多个单板，各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一中可选的实施方式，也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器，或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器，或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。
例如，针对于接入网设备，发送模块43用于执行图11-图12所示任一实施例中接入网设备的功能。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口，输入接口用于接收来自通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信息，输出接口用于向通信装置之外的其它通信装置输出信息，处理器调用存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如图5A-图12所示任一实施例。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序被运行时，实现如图5A-图12所示任一实施例。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，当计算机读取并执行计算机程序产品时，使得计算机执行实现如图5A-图12所示任一实施例。
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目标。另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各网元单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件网元单元的形式实现。
上述集成的单元如果以软件网元单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分，或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，云服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例上述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换，这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
    所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定侧行链路；所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载；所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述侧行链路上对应至少一个RLC承载，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息还包括所述第二终端设 备的标识。
  7. 根据权利要求4-6任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，或，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述至少一个RLC承载中的所述第二RLC承载。
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载；
    所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第三数据；所述第三数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第二RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第三对应关系将所述第三数据递交给所述第二RLC承载。
  10. 根据权利要求5或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第一适配层实体根据第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系，确定所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息；
    所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系、第三对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
    所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层的配置信息；
    所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的所述第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层的配置信息；
    所述第三对应关系为所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层的配置信息；
    所述第一对应关系为所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所 述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第三对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  12. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述方法包括：
    所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；或，
    所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路。
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体根据侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
  15. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第一指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息，所述侧行链路为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体根据所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和第一对应关系，确定所述第二终端设备的标识；所述侧行链路为传输所述第一数据的侧行链路，所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系。
  16. 根据权利要求12-15任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载；
    所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括所述第一数据和第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识；
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第二对应关系将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载，包括：
    所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备 的标识和第二对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
  18. 根据权利要求12-17任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息；所述第一配置信息包括以下一项或多项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系；所述第一配置信息用于指示以下一项或多项：
    所述第一对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第一适配层和/或所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
    所述第二对应关系为所述第一终端设备的第二适配层的配置信息；
    所述第一对应关系为所述侧行链路上单播连接的标识信息和所述第二终端设备的标识之间的对应关系，所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  19. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第二终端设备，所述方法包括：
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体，包括：
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的PDCP层实体的标识之间的对应关系。
  21. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第二终端设备，所述方法包括：
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识，所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载，包括：
    所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的RLC承载；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端设备从接入网设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括以下一项：第一对应关系、第二对应关系，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述第一对应关系或所述第二对应关系为所述第二终端设备的适配层的配置信息；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系；
    所述第二对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第二终端设备的RLC承载的标识之间的对应关系。
  24. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括所述无线承载的标识和所述第二终端设备的标识，所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载，包括：
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的RLC承载；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的RLC承载之间的对应关系。
  26. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括无线承载的标识和第二终端设备的标识，所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体，包括：
    所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和第一对应关系将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体；
    所述第一对应关系包括所述无线承载的标识、所述第二终端设备的标识和所述接入网设备的PDCP层实体之间的对应关系。
  28. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给第二RLC承载，所述第二RLC承载为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备通信时使用的RLC承载。
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为第一终端设备，所述第一终端设备与接入网设备通信时使用第一无线链路控制RLC承载，所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述接入网设备的至少一个终端设备对应的数据和/或所述第一RLC承载用于传输来自所述至少一个终端设备的数据，所述第一终端设备包括收发模块，
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的第一适配层实体将第一数据和第一指示信息递交给所述第一终端设备的第二适配层实体，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输所述第一数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载，所述第二终端设备为所述至少一个终端设备中的终端设备；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第一终端设备的所述第二适配层实体根据所述第一指示信息将所述第一数据递交给所述第一RLC承载。
  30. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为第二终端设备，所述第二终端设备包括收发模块，
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为第二终端设备，所述第二终端设备包括收发模块和处理模块，
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述第二终端设备的适配层实体从所述第二终端设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的所述第二终端设备对应的所述无线承载；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述第二终端设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述第二终端设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
  32. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为接入网设备，所述接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体生成第二数据；所述第二数据包括第一数据和第二指示信息，所述第一数据为所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体接收的数据，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二 数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为接入网设备，所述接入网设备包括收发模块，
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体从所述接入网设备的无线链路控制RLC承载接收第二数据；所述第二数据包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示接收所述第二数据的第二终端设备对应的无线承载；
    所述收发模块，用于通过所述接入网设备的适配层实体根据所述第二指示信息将所述第二数据递交给所述接入网设备的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层实体。
  34. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求1-27任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被运行时，实现如权利要求1-27任一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上执行时，使得权利要求1-27任一项所述的方法被执行。
PCT/CN2022/122158 2021-10-20 2022-09-28 一种数据传输方法及相关装置 WO2023065999A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111223655.1 2021-10-20
CN202111223655.1A CN115996108B (zh) 2021-10-20 2021-10-20 一种数据传输方法及相关装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023065999A1 true WO2023065999A1 (zh) 2023-04-27

Family

ID=85989261

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/122158 WO2023065999A1 (zh) 2021-10-20 2022-09-28 一种数据传输方法及相关装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115996108B (zh)
WO (1) WO2023065999A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN118945681A (zh) * 2023-05-12 2024-11-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 副链路数据传输方法、设备及可读存储介质

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109196902A (zh) * 2017-03-13 2019-01-11 华为技术有限公司 一种数据处理方法及终端设备、基站
CN111901847A (zh) * 2020-02-13 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 sidelink中继通信方法、装置、设备及介质
US20210315053A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2021-10-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting and receiving data in wireless communication system
CN113543367A (zh) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信息传输方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质
CN113973284A (zh) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 华为技术有限公司 侧行链路信令无线承载配置的方法和通信装置

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110326359B (zh) * 2017-03-31 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 中继通信方法、装置和系统
KR20190034094A (ko) * 2017-09-22 2019-04-01 주식회사 케이티 릴레이 노드의 데이터 처리 방법 및 그 장치
CN117750539A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2024-03-22 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN116249157A (zh) * 2019-07-02 2023-06-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种业务数据适配层实体的管理方法、发送端及接收端

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109196902A (zh) * 2017-03-13 2019-01-11 华为技术有限公司 一种数据处理方法及终端设备、基站
US20210315053A1 (en) * 2018-08-07 2021-10-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting and receiving data in wireless communication system
CN111901847A (zh) * 2020-02-13 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 sidelink中继通信方法、装置、设备及介质
CN113543367A (zh) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信息传输方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质
CN113973284A (zh) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-25 华为技术有限公司 侧行链路信令无线承载配置的方法和通信装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED (RAPPORTEUR): "Email discussion [103bis#32][NR - IAB] Unified Design", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1816874 EMAIL DISCUSSION #32 IAB UNIFIED DESIGN, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Spokane, WA, USA; 20181112 - 20181116, 1 November 2018 (2018-11-01), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051480815 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115996108B (zh) 2025-04-04
CN115996108A (zh) 2023-04-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12156076B2 (en) Mapping method, node, communications apparatus, and storage medium
CN113038528B (zh) 用于在无线通信系统中将数据分组路由到用户设备的基站
US20190166526A1 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a ue, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a ue, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
CN109787791B (zh) 通信方法及通信设备
WO2022017173A1 (zh) 建立直连链路、无线局域网帧发送的方法、装置及系统
CN113329431B (zh) 一种无线承载的配置方法、终端、存储介质及芯片
WO2016161623A1 (zh) 发现信号的传输方法、装置以及通信系统
WO2023001307A1 (zh) 旁链路通信方法及设备
CN111586886A (zh) 一种无线回传链路的控制方法及装置
WO2020216133A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
WO2022228360A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2020238957A1 (zh) 验证方法及装置
WO2023065999A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及相关装置
CN115715026B (zh) 多链路设备的关联标识符aid分配方法及相关装置
US20220394710A1 (en) Resource indication method, resource determining method, and related apparatus
WO2021213014A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021204270A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
CN111867149B (zh) 一种无线承载的管理方法、装置及系统
CN116209081A (zh) 无线通信方法与装置、接入网设备和终端
CN114503719B (zh) 一种通信方法、装置和系统
CN107079465B (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
WO2024169586A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023272669A1 (zh) 一种寻呼方法及相关装置
WO2023272670A1 (zh) 一种网络连接的方法、装置及系统
WO2024217282A1 (zh) 一种侧行链路的通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22882610

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22882610

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1